# bibtab

bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kopka:2004:GLT
author: Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly
title: Guide to LaTeX : Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
edition: Fourth
pages: xii + 597
year: 2004
ISBN: 0-321-17385-6 (paperback) OR 0321173856 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-321-17385-0 (paperback) OR 9780321173850 (paperback)
LCCN: Z253.4.L38 K66 2004
bibdate: Wed Jan 21 05:16:54 2004
bibtimestamp: 2004.01.21 05:16:54 ???
note: Includes CD-ROM.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly
rawnote: Includes CD-ROM.
rawtitle: Guide to {\LaTeX}: Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
abstract:
LaTeX is the text-preparation system of choice for scientists and academics, and is especially useful for typesetting technical materials. This popular book shows you how to begin using LaTeX to create high-quality documents. The book also serves as a handy reference of all LaTeX users. In this completely revised edition, the authors cover the LaTeX $_2 epsilon $ standard and offer more details, examples, exercises, tips, and tricks. They go beyond the core installation to describe the key contributed packages that have become essential to LaTeX processing.

TOC:
Text, symbols, and commands Document layout and organization Displaying text Text in boxes Tables Mathematical formulas Graphics inclusion and color Floating tables and figures User customizations Document management Bibliographic databases and BibTeX PostScript and PDF Multilingual LaTeX Math extensions with AMS-LaTeX Drawing with LaTeX Presentation material Letters.

rawabstract:
\LaTeX{} is the text-preparation system of choice for scientists and academics, and is especially useful for typesetting technical materials. This popular book shows you how to begin using \LaTeX{} to create high-quality documents. The book also serves as a handy reference of all \LaTeX{} users. In this completely revised edition, the authors cover the \LaTeX$_{2 \epsilon }$ standard and offer more details, examples, exercises, tips, and tricks. They go beyond the core installation to describe the key contributed packages that have become essential to \LaTeX{} processing.

rawTOC:
Text, symbols, and commands \\ Document layout and organization \\ Displaying text \\ Text in boxes \\ Tables \\ Mathematical formulas \\ Graphics inclusion and color \\ Floating tables and figures \\ User customizations \\ Document management \\ Bibliographic databases and BibTeX \\ PostScript and PDF \\ Multilingual LaTeX \\ Math extensions with AMS-LaTeX \\ Drawing with LaTeX\\ Presentation material \\ Letters.

entry:
@Book{Kopka:2004:GLT,
  author =       "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
  title =        "Guide to {\LaTeX}: Tools and Techniques for Computer
                 Typesetting",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  edition =      "Fourth",
  pages =        "xii + 597",
  year =         "2004",
  ISBN =         "0-321-17385-6 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-321-17385-0 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 K66 2004",
  bibdate =      "Wed Jan 21 05:16:54 2004",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
  note =         "Includes CD-ROM.",
  price =        "US\$49.99, CAN\$75.99",
  abstract =     "\LaTeX{} is the text-preparation system of choice for
                 scientists and academics, and is especially useful for
                 typesetting technical materials. This popular book
                 shows you how to begin using \LaTeX{} to create
                 high-quality documents. The book also serves as a handy
                 reference of all \LaTeX{} users. In this completely
                 revised edition, the authors cover the \LaTeX$_{2
                 \epsilon }$ standard and offer more details, examples,
                 exercises, tips, and tricks. They go beyond the core
                 installation to describe the key contributed packages
                 that have become essential to \LaTeX{} processing.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Text, symbols, and commands \\
                 Document layout and organization \\
                 Displaying text \\
                 Text in boxes \\
                 Tables \\
                 Mathematical formulas \\
                 Graphics inclusion and color \\
                 Floating tables and figures \\
                 User customizations \\
                 Document management \\
                 Bibliographic databases and BibTeX \\
                 PostScript and PDF \\
                 Multilingual LaTeX \\
                 Math extensions with AMS-LaTeX \\
                 Drawing with LaTeX\\
                 Presentation material \\
                 Letters.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Koren:2002:CAA
author: Israel Koren
title: Computer Arithmetic Algorithms
publisher: pub-A-K-PETERS
address: pub-A-K-PETERS:adr
edition: Second
pages: xv + 281
year: 2002
ISBN: 1-56881-160-8 (hardcover), 1-4398-6371-7 (e-book) OR 1568811608 (hardcover), 1439863717 (ebook)
LCCN: QA76.9.C62 K67
bibdate: Sat May 04 10:29:22 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2002.05.04 10:29:22 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Israel Koren
rawtitle: Computer Arithmetic Algorithms
ISBN13:
978-1-56881-160-4 (hardcover), 978-1-4398-6371-8 (e-book) OR 9781568811604 (hardcover), 9781439863718 (ebook)

abstract:
Concentrating on the underlying principles, this book explains the algorithms used in arithmetic operations on digital computers. It identifies the similarities between the different algorithms and provides guidance for selecting the appropriate algorithms for a given technology. Chapters cover conventional number systems, unconventional fixed-radix number systems, sequential algorithms for multiplication and division, binary floating-point numbers, fast addition, high-speed multiplication, fast division, division through multiplication, the evaluations of elementary functions, logarithmic number systems, and the residue number system.

TOC:
1: Conventional Number Systems 2: Unconventional Fixed-Radix Number Systems 3: Sequential Algorithms for Multiplication and Division 4: Binary Floating-Point Numbers 5: Fast Addition 6: High-Speed Multiplication 7: Fast Division 8: Division Through Multiplication 9: Evaluation of Elementary Functions 10: Logarithmic Number Systems 11: The Residue Number System

rawabstract:
Concentrating on the underlying principles, this book explains the algorithms used in arithmetic operations on digital computers. It identifies the similarities between the different algorithms and provides guidance for selecting the appropriate algorithms for a given technology. Chapters cover conventional number systems, unconventional fixed-radix number systems, sequential algorithms for multiplication and division, binary floating-point numbers, fast addition, high-speed multiplication, fast division, division through multiplication, the evaluations of elementary functions, logarithmic number systems, and the residue number system.

rawTOC:
1: Conventional Number Systems \\ 2: Unconventional Fixed-Radix Number Systems \\ 3: Sequential Algorithms for Multiplication and Division \\ 4: Binary Floating-Point Numbers \\ 5: Fast Addition \\ 6: High-Speed Multiplication \\ 7: Fast Division \\ 8: Division Through Multiplication \\ 9: Evaluation of Elementary Functions \\ 10: Logarithmic Number Systems \\ 11: The Residue Number System

entry:
@Book{Koren:2002:CAA,
  author =       "Israel Koren",
  title =        "Computer Arithmetic Algorithms",
  publisher =    pub-A-K-PETERS,
  address =      pub-A-K-PETERS:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "xv + 281",
  year =         "2002",
  ISBN =         "1-56881-160-8 (hardcover), 1-4398-6371-7 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-56881-160-4 (hardcover), 978-1-4398-6371-8
                 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.9.C62 K67",
  bibdate =      "Sat May 04 10:29:22 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "Concentrating on the underlying principles, this book
                 explains the algorithms used in arithmetic operations
                 on digital computers. It identifies the similarities
                 between the different algorithms and provides guidance
                 for selecting the appropriate algorithms for a given
                 technology. Chapters cover conventional number systems,
                 unconventional fixed-radix number systems, sequential
                 algorithms for multiplication and division, binary
                 floating-point numbers, fast addition, high-speed
                 multiplication, fast division, division through
                 multiplication, the evaluations of elementary
                 functions, logarithmic number systems, and the residue
                 number system.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "1: Conventional Number Systems \\
                 2: Unconventional Fixed-Radix Number Systems \\
                 3: Sequential Algorithms for Multiplication and
                 Division \\
                 4: Binary Floating-Point Numbers \\
                 5: Fast Addition \\
                 6: High-Speed Multiplication \\
                 7: Fast Division \\
                 8: Division Through Multiplication \\
                 9: Evaluation of Elementary Functions \\
                 10: Logarithmic Number Systems \\
                 11: The Residue Number System",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kornrumpf:1998:LET
author: H.-J. Kornrumpf and Resuhi Abdekmen
title: Langenscheidt English--Turkish, Turkish--English Universal Dictionary
publisher: Altin Kitaplar
address: Istanbul, Turkey
pages: 444
year: 1998
ISBN: 975-405-683-8 OR 9754056838
ISBN13: 978-975-405-683-9 OR 9789754056839
LCCN: PL191.L36 1998
bibdate: Sat Dec 24 11:53:05 MST 2005
bibsource: Amazon; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.24 11:53:05 MST
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: H.-J. Kornrumpf and Resuhi Abdekmen
rawtitle: {Langenscheidt} {English--Turkish}, {Turkish--English} Universal Dictionary
entry:
@Book{Kornrumpf:1998:LET,
  author =       "H.-J. Kornrumpf and Resuhi Abdekmen",
  title =        "{Langenscheidt} {English--Turkish}, {Turkish--English}
                 Universal Dictionary",
  publisher =    "Altin K{\i}taplar",
  address =      "Istanbul, Turkey",
  pages =        "444",
  year =         "1998",
  ISBN =         "975-405-683-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-975-405-683-9",
  LCCN =         "PL191.L36 1998",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 11:53:05 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "Amazon;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  bookformat =   "Paperback",
  category =     "Reference; Dictionaries \& Thesauruses; Foreign
                 Language; Turkish",
  idnumber =     "515",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Korpela:2006:UE
author: Jukka Korpela
title: Unicode Explained
publisher: pub-ORA
address: pub-ORA:adr
pages: xvii + 658
year: 2006
ISBN: 0-596-10121-X OR 059610121X
ISBN13: 978-0-596-10121-3 OR 9780596101213
LCCN: QA268 .K67 2006
bibdate: Mon Mar 20 05:43:48 2006
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2006.03.20 05:43:48 ???
URL: http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/unicode/index.html
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jukka Korpela
rawtitle: {Unicode} Explained
abstract:
Fundamentally, computers just deal with numbers. They store letters and other characters by assigning a number for each one. There are hundreds of different encoding systems for mapping characters to numbers, but Unicode promises a single mapping. Unicode enables a single software product or website to be targeted across multiple platforms, languages and countries without re-engineering. It's no wonder that industry giants like Apple, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Microsoft have all adopted Unicode. Containing everything you need to understand Unicode, this comprehensive reference from O'Reilly ldots 

TOC:
Part I. Working with characters Characters as data Writing characters Character sets and encodings Part II. A systemic look at Unicode The structure of Unicode Properties of characters Unicode encodings Part III. Advanced Unicode topics Characters and languages Character usage The character level and above Characters in Internet protocols Characters in programming

rawabstract:
Fundamentally, computers just deal with numbers. They store letters and other characters by assigning a number for each one. There are hundreds of different encoding systems for mapping characters to numbers, but Unicode promises a single mapping. Unicode enables a single software product or website to be targeted across multiple platforms, languages and countries without re-engineering. It's no wonder that industry giants like Apple, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Microsoft have all adopted Unicode. Containing everything you need to understand Unicode, this comprehensive reference from O'Reilly \ldots{}

rawTOC:
Part I. Working with characters \\ Characters as data \\ Writing characters \\ Character sets and encodings \\ Part II. A systemic look at Unicode \\ The structure of Unicode \\ Properties of characters \\ Unicode encodings \\ Part III. Advanced Unicode topics \\ Characters and languages \\ Character usage \\ The character level and above \\ Characters in Internet protocols \\ Characters in programming

entry:
@Book{Korpela:2006:UE,
  author =       "Jukka Korpela",
  title =        "{Unicode} Explained",
  publisher =    pub-ORA,
  address =      pub-ORA:adr,
  pages =        "xvii + 658",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "0-596-10121-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-596-10121-3",
  LCCN =         "QA268 .K67 2006",
  bibdate =      "Mon Mar 20 05:43:48 2006",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$59.99",
  URL =          "http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/unicode/index.html",
  abstract =     "Fundamentally, computers just deal with numbers. They
                 store letters and other characters by assigning a
                 number for each one. There are hundreds of different
                 encoding systems for mapping characters to numbers, but
                 Unicode promises a single mapping. Unicode enables a
                 single software product or website to be targeted
                 across multiple platforms, languages and countries
                 without re-engineering. It's no wonder that industry
                 giants like Apple, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Microsoft
                 have all adopted Unicode. Containing everything you
                 need to understand Unicode, this comprehensive
                 reference from O'Reilly \ldots{}",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  bookreview =   "http://www.unixreview.com/documents/s=10102/ur0611d/ur0610d.htm",
  tableofcontents = "Part I. Working with characters \\
                 Characters as data \\
                 Writing characters \\
                 Character sets and encodings \\
                 Part II. A systemic look at Unicode \\
                 The structure of Unicode \\
                 Properties of characters \\
                 Unicode encodings \\
                 Part III. Advanced Unicode topics \\
                 Characters and languages \\
                 Character usage \\
                 The character level and above \\
                 Characters in Internet protocols \\
                 Characters in programming",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Krauss:2011:QMR
author: Lawrence Maxwell Krauss
title: Quantum Man: Richard Feynman's Life in Science
publisher: pub-NORTON
address: pub-NORTON:adr
pages: xvii + 350
year: 2011
ISBN: 0-393-06471-9 OR 0393064719
ISBN13: 978-0-393-06471-1 OR 9780393064711
LCCN: QC16.F49 K73 2011
bibdate: Wed Mar 23 12:02:36 MDT 2011
bibtimestamp: 2011.03.23 12:02:36 MDT
series: Great discoveries
subject: Feynman, Richard P; (Richard Phillips); physicists; United States; biography
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
subjectdates: 1918--1988
rawauthor: Lawrence Maxwell Krauss
rawtitle: Quantum Man: {Richard Feynman}'s Life in Science
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

URL:
http://www.scientificcomputing.com/news-DS-Illuminating-the-Life-and-Legacy-of-Richard-Feynman-032211.aspx

abstract:
Richard Feynman changed the way we think about quantum mechanics. In this gripping new scientific biography of the revered Nobel Prize-winning physicist (and curious character), Lawrence M. Krauss, himself a theoretical physicist, offers a rollicking narrative coupled with clear and novel expositions of science at the limits. An immensely colourful persona, Feynman revolutionised our understanding of nature amid a turbulent life. Krauss presents that life - from the death of Feynman's childhood sweetheart during the Manhattan Project to his reluctant rise as a scientific icon - as seen through the science; providing a new understanding of the legacy of a man who has fascinated millions. An accessible reflection on the issues that drive physics today, Quantum Man captures the story of a man who was willing to break all the rules to tame a theory that broke all the rules.

TOC:
The paths to greatness. Lights, camera, action The quantum universe A new way of thinking Alice in Quantumland Endings and beginnings Loss of innocence Paths to greatness From here to infinity Splitting an atom Through a glass darkly The rest of the universe. Matter of the heart and the heart of matter Rearranging the universe Hiding in the mirror Distractions and delights Twisting the tail of the cosmos From top to bottom Truth, beauty, and freedom Character is destiny

rawabstract:
Richard Feynman changed the way we think about quantum mechanics. In this gripping new scientific biography of the revered Nobel Prize-winning physicist (and curious character), Lawrence M. Krauss, himself a theoretical physicist, offers a rollicking narrative coupled with clear and novel expositions of science at the limits. An immensely colourful persona, Feynman revolutionised our understanding of nature amid a turbulent life. Krauss presents that life - from the death of Feynman's childhood sweetheart during the Manhattan Project to his reluctant rise as a scientific icon - as seen through the science; providing a new understanding of the legacy of a man who has fascinated millions. An accessible reflection on the issues that drive physics today, Quantum Man captures the story of a man who was willing to break all the rules to tame a theory that broke all the rules.

rawTOC:
The paths to greatness. Lights, camera, action \\ The quantum universe \\ A new way of thinking \\ Alice in Quantumland \\ Endings and beginnings \\ Loss of innocence \\ Paths to greatness \\ From here to infinity \\ Splitting an atom \\ Through a glass darkly \\ The rest of the universe. Matter of the heart and the heart of matter \\ Rearranging the universe \\ Hiding in the mirror \\ Distractions and delights \\ Twisting the tail of the cosmos \\ From top to bottom \\ Truth, beauty, and freedom \\ Character is destiny

entry:
@Book{Krauss:2011:QMR,
  author =       "Lawrence Maxwell Krauss",
  title =        "Quantum Man: {Richard Feynman}'s Life in Science",
  publisher =    pub-NORTON,
  address =      pub-NORTON:adr,
  pages =        "xvii + 350",
  year =         "2011",
  ISBN =         "0-393-06471-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-393-06471-1",
  LCCN =         "QC16.F49 K73 2011",
  bibdate =      "Wed Mar 23 12:02:36 MDT 2011",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  series =       "Great discoveries",
  URL =          "http://www.scientificcomputing.com/news-DS-Illuminating-the-Life-and-Legacy-of-Richard-Feynman-032211.aspx",
  abstract =     "Richard Feynman changed the way we think about quantum
                 mechanics. In this gripping new scientific biography of
                 the revered Nobel Prize-winning physicist (and curious
                 character), Lawrence M. Krauss, himself a theoretical
                 physicist, offers a rollicking narrative coupled with
                 clear and novel expositions of science at the limits.
                 An immensely colourful persona, Feynman revolutionised
                 our understanding of nature amid a turbulent life.
                 Krauss presents that life - from the death of Feynman's
                 childhood sweetheart during the Manhattan Project to
                 his reluctant rise as a scientific icon - as seen
                 through the science; providing a new understanding of
                 the legacy of a man who has fascinated millions. An
                 accessible reflection on the issues that drive physics
                 today, Quantum Man captures the story of a man who was
                 willing to break all the rules to tame a theory that
                 broke all the rules.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Feynman, Richard P; (Richard Phillips); physicists;
                 United States; biography",
  subject-dates = "1918--1988",
  tableofcontents = "The paths to greatness. Lights, camera, action \\
                 The quantum universe \\
                 A new way of thinking \\
                 Alice in Quantumland \\
                 Endings and beginnings \\
                 Loss of innocence \\
                 Paths to greatness \\
                 From here to infinity \\
                 Splitting an atom \\
                 Through a glass darkly \\
                 The rest of the universe. Matter of the heart and the
                 heart of matter \\
                 Rearranging the universe \\
                 Hiding in the mirror \\
                 Distractions and delights \\
                 Twisting the tail of the cosmos \\
                 From top to bottom \\
                 Truth, beauty, and freedom \\
                 Character is destiny",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kreyszig:1993:AEM
author: Erwin Kreyszig
title: Advanced Engineering Mathematics
publisher: pub-WILEY
address: pub-WILEY:adr
edition: Seventh
pages: xviii + 1272 + 112 + 18
year: 1993
LCCN: QA401 .K7 1993
bibdate: Fri Sep 6 06:18:02 MDT 2013
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2013.09.06 06:18:02 MDT
subject: Mathematical physics; Engineering mathematics
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Erwin Kreyszig
rawtitle: Advanced Engineering Mathematics
ISBN:
0-471-55380-8 (hardcover), 0-471-59989-1 (paperback) OR 0471553808 (hardcover), 0471599891 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-471-55380-9 (hardcover), 978-0-471-59989-0 (paperback) OR 9780471553809 (hardcover), 9780471599890 (paperback)

URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0707/92006989-d.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/onix05/92006989.html

TOC:
 Part A: Ordinary Differential Equations 1: First-Order Differential Equations 2: Second-Order Linear Differential Equations 3: Higher Order Linear Differential Equations 4: Systems of Differential Equations. Phase Plane, Stability 5: Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special Functions 6: Laplace Transforms Part B: Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus 7: Linear Algebra: Matrices, Vectors, Determinants 8: Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl 9: Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems Part C: Fourier Analysis and Partial Differential Equations 10: Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms 11: Partial Differential Equations Part D: Complex Analysis 12: Complex Numbers. Complex Analytic Functions 13: Complex Integration 14: Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series 15: Residue Integration Method 16: Conformal Mapping 17: Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory Part E: Numerical Methods 18: Numerical Methods in General 19: Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra 20: Numerical Methods for Differential Equations Part F: Optimization, Graphs 21: Unconstrained Optimization, Linear Programming 22: Graphs and Combinatorial Optimization Part G: Probability and Statistics 23: Probability Theory 24: Mathematical Statistics

rawTOC:
\\ Part A: Ordinary Differential Equations \\ 1: First-Order Differential Equations \\ 2: Second-Order Linear Differential Equations \\ 3: Higher Order Linear Differential Equations \\ 4: Systems of Differential Equations. Phase Plane, Stability \\ 5: Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special Functions \\ 6: Laplace Transforms \\ \\ Part B: Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus \\ 7: Linear Algebra: Matrices, Vectors, Determinants \\ 8: Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl \\ 9: Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems \\ \\ Part C: Fourier Analysis and Partial Differential Equations \\ 10: Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms \\ 11: Partial Differential Equations \\ \\ Part D: Complex Analysis \\ 12: Complex Numbers. Complex Analytic Functions \\ 13: Complex Integration \\ 14: Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series \\ 15: Residue Integration Method \\ 16: Conformal Mapping \\ 17: Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory \\ \\ Part E: Numerical Methods \\ 18: Numerical Methods in General \\ 19: Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra \\ 20: Numerical Methods for Differential Equations \\ \\ Part F: Optimization, Graphs \\ 21: Unconstrained Optimization, Linear Programming \\ 22: Graphs and Combinatorial Optimization \\ \\ Part G: Probability and Statistics \\ 23: Probability Theory \\ 24: Mathematical Statistics

entry:
@Book{Kreyszig:1993:AEM,
  author =       "Erwin Kreyszig",
  title =        "Advanced Engineering Mathematics",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
  edition =      "Seventh",
  pages =        "xviii + 1272 + 112 + 18",
  year =         "1993",
  ISBN =         "0-471-55380-8 (hardcover), 0-471-59989-1 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-471-55380-9 (hardcover), 978-0-471-59989-0
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA401 .K7 1993",
  bibdate =      "Fri Sep 6 06:18:02 MDT 2013",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0707/92006989-d.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/onix05/92006989.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Mathematical physics; Engineering mathematics",
  tableofcontents = "\\
                 Part A: Ordinary Differential Equations \\
                 1: First-Order Differential Equations \\
                 2: Second-Order Linear Differential Equations \\
                 3: Higher Order Linear Differential Equations \\
                 4: Systems of Differential Equations. Phase Plane,
                 Stability \\
                 5: Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special
                 Functions \\
                 6: Laplace Transforms \\
                 \\
                 Part B: Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus \\
                 7: Linear Algebra: Matrices, Vectors, Determinants \\
                 8: Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl \\
                 9: Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems \\
                 \\
                 Part C: Fourier Analysis and Partial Differential
                 Equations \\
                 10: Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms \\
                 11: Partial Differential Equations \\
                 \\
                 Part D: Complex Analysis \\
                 12: Complex Numbers. Complex Analytic Functions \\
                 13: Complex Integration \\
                 14: Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series \\
                 15: Residue Integration Method \\
                 16: Conformal Mapping \\
                 17: Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory \\
                 \\
                 Part E: Numerical Methods \\
                 18: Numerical Methods in General \\
                 19: Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra \\
                 20: Numerical Methods for Differential Equations \\
                 \\
                 Part F: Optimization, Graphs \\
                 21: Unconstrained Optimization, Linear Programming \\
                 22: Graphs and Combinatorial Optimization \\
                 \\
                 Part G: Probability and Statistics \\
                 23: Probability Theory \\
                 24: Mathematical Statistics",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kreyszig:1994:MCM
author: E. Kreyszig and E. J. Normington
title: Maple Computer Manual for Seventh Edition Advanced Engineering Mathematics: Erwin Kreyszig
publisher: pub-WILEY
address: pub-WILEY:adr
pages: xii + 506
year: 1994
ISBN: 0-471-31126-X OR 047131126X
ISBN13: 978-0-471-31126-3 OR 9780471311263
LCCN: QA401 K74 1993
bibdate: Thu Jul 7 07:55:36 1994
bibtimestamp: 1994.07.07 07:55:36 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: E. Kreyszig and E. J. Normington
rawtitle: {Maple} Computer Manual for Seventh Edition Advanced Engineering Mathematics: {Erwin Kreyszig}
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/prng.bib

note:
There is a companion em Instructor's Maple Manual, but I have not yet found an exact citation for it.

TOC:
Introduction / 1 General Commands / 3 1 First Order Differential Equations / 10 Ex. 1.1 Radioactivity, exponential decay / 12 Ex. 1.2 Separation of variables. Plot of several curves / 14 Ex. 1.3 Checking solutions. Two ways of writing derivatives / 15 Ex. 1.4 Flow through an outlet. Torricelli's law / 16 Ex. 1.5 Mixing problem / 16 Ex. 1.6 Exact differential equation / 18 Ex. 1.7 Integrating factors / 18 Ex. 1.8 Linear differential equations / 19 Ex. 1.9 Bernoulli equation. Verhulst equation / 20 Ex. 1.10 RC-circuit / 21 Ex. 1.11 RL-circuit. TRIGONOMETRIC TRICK / 22 Ex. 1.12 Orthogonal trajectories / 23 Ex. 1.13 Plotting trajectories by the command seq / 24 Ex. 1.14 Direction field / 25 Ex. 1.15 Picard iteration / 26 Problems for Chapter 1 / 28 2 Second Order Differential Equations / 34 Ex. 2.1 General solution. Initial value problem / 35 Ex. 2.2 Double root (cf. Sec. 2.2) / 35 Ex. 2.3 Complex roots of the characteristic equation / 37 Ex. 2.4 Boundary value problem / 38 Ex. 2.5 Undamped free vibrations / 38 Ex. 2.6 Overdamped free motions / 40 Ex. 2.7 Critically damped free motion / 41 Ex. 2.8 Underdamped oscillations / 42 Ex. 2.9 Euler--Cauchy equation / 43 Ex. 2.10 Wronskian / 44 Ex. 2.11 Reduction of order / 45 Ex. 2.12 Nonhomogeneous differential equation / 45 Ex. 2.13 Solution by undetermined coefficients / 47 Ex. 2.14 Variation of parameters / 48 Ex. 2.15 Resonance in an undamped vibrating system / 49 Ex. 2.16 Forced undamped oscillations. Beats. / 50 Ex. 2.17 Forced damped oscillations in Sec. 2.11 / 51 Ex. 2.18 RLC-circuit / 52 Problems for Chapter 2 / 54 3 Higher Order Linear Differential Equations / 57 Ex. 3.1 Basis of solutions. Wronskian / 58 Ex. 3.2 Initial value problem / 59 Ex. 3.3 Verification of solutions / 60 Ex. 3.4 Differential equation for a given basis / 60 Ex. 3.5 Method of undetermined coefficients / 61 Ex. 3.6 Initial value problems for nonhomogeneous equations / 62 Ex. 3.7 Variation of parameters / 62 Problems for Chapter 3 / 65 4 Systems of Differential Equations Phase Plane, Stability / 67 Ex. 4.1 Improper node / 70 Ex. 4.2 Improper node. Use of matrices / 71 Ex. 4.3 Direction field of vectors in the phase plane / 73 Ex. 4.4 Saddle point / 74 Ex. 4.5 Center / 75 Ex. 4.6 Spiral point / 76 Ex. 4.7 System without basis of eigenvectors / 78 Ex. 4.8 Pendulum equation (Sec. 4.5) / 79 Ex. 4.9 Van der Pol equation. Limit cycle (Sec. 4.5) / 81 Ex. 4.10 Nonhomogeneous system / 82 Ex. 4.11 Method of undetermined coefficients / 83 Ex. 4.12 Variation of parameters / 84 Ex. 4.13 Diagonalization of systems of differential equations / 85 Problems for Chapter 4 / 88 5 Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special Functions / 92 Ex. 5.1 Series solution. Plot from it / 94 Ex. 5.2 Legendre polynomials. The orthopoly package / 95 Ex. 5.3 Legendre polynomials. Simplification of results / 97 Ex. 5.4 Legendre polynomials from boundary value problems / 98 Ex. 5.5 Coefficient recursion for series solution / 98 Ex. 5.6 Coefficient recursion for the Legendre equation / 100 Ex. 5.7 Frobenius method / 100 Ex. 5.8 Bessel functions / 101 Ex. 5.9 Bessel functions of the second kind / 103 Ex. 5.10 Orthogonal expansions. Fourier--Legendre series / 104 Problems for Chapter 5 / 106 6 Laplace Transforms / 108 Ex. 6.1 Beginnings / 109 Ex. 6.2 Inverse Laplace transform / 110 Ex. 6.3 Differentiation and integration of functions / 111 Ex. 6.4 Differential equation / 111 Ex. 6.5 Initial value problem for a nonhomogeneous equation / 112 Ex. 6.6 Unit step function. Dirac's delta function / 113 Ex. 6.7 Discontinuous periodic driving force / 115 Ex. 6.8 General formulas / 116 Ex. 6.9 Forced oscillations. Resonance / 117 Ex. 6.10 System of differential equations. Spacecurve / 118 Problems for Chapter 6 / 121 7 Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus / 125 Ex. 7.1 Matrices and vectors: Addition and multiplication / 129 Ex. 7.2 Further operations on matrices / 131 Ex. 7.3 Special matrices / 133 Ex. 7.4 Solution of a linear system / 134 Ex. 7.5 Gauss elimination, further cases / 135 Ex. 7.6 Determinants / 135 Ex. 7.7 Inverse of a matrix / 136 Ex. 7.8 Rank of a matrix / 137 Ex. 7.9 Linear independence and dependence / 138 Ex. 7.10 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 139 Ex. 7.11 Complex eigenvalues / 140 Ex. 7.12 Orthogonal transformations / 141 Ex. 7.13 Complex matrices / 142 Ex. 7.14 Diagonalization of a matrix / 143 Ex. 7.15 Similar matrices / 144 Problems for Chapter 7 / 146 8 Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl / 149 Ex. 8.1 Vector with given endpoints. Length / 151 Ex. 8.2 Vector addition. Scalar multiplication / 152 Ex. 8.3 Inner product (dot product) / 152 Ex. 8.4 Vector product (cross product) / 154 Ex. 8.5 Differentiation of vectors. Tangent. Spaceplots / 155 Ex. 8.6 Arc length, curvature, torsion of a curve / 156 Ex. 8.7 Gradient, directional derivative / 157 Ex. 8.8 Gradient as surface normal vector. Vector substitution / 158 Ex. 8.9 Potential of a vector field / 159 Ex. 8.10 Divergence. Laplacian / 159 Ex. 8.11 Curl / 160 Problems for Chapter 8 / 162 9 Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems / 167 Ex. 9.1 Line integral in the plane / 167 Ex. 9.2 Line integral in space / 168 Ex. 9.3 Dependence of integrals on path / 169 Ex. 9.4 Line integral of the form (7), p. 505 / 169 Ex. 9.5 Independence of path / 170 Ex. 9.6 Path independence; Use of potential / 170 Ex. 9.7 Exactness and independence of path / 171 Ex. 9.8 Double integrals / 171 Ex. 9.9 Green's theorem in the plane / 172 Ex. 9.10 Surface plot. Normal vector / 172 Ex. 9.11 Surface integral (flux) / 174 Ex. 9.12 Triple integral / 174 Ex. 9.13 Gauss's divergence theorem / 174 Ex. 9.14 Verification of the divergence theorem / 175 Ex. 9.15 Stokes's theorem / 176 Problems for Chapter 9 / 178 10 Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms / 181 Ex. 10.1 Periodic square wave / 181 Ex. 10.2 Piecewise linear function / 183 Ex. 10.3 Series with cosine and sine terms / 184 Ex. 10.4 Period different from 2?r / 184 Ex. 10.5 Saw tooth waves. Gibbs phenomenon / 185 Ex. 10.6 Even and odd functions / 186 Ex. 10.7 Half-range expansions / 186 Ex. 10.8 Rectifier / 187 Ex. 10.9 Forced oscillations / 189 Ex. 10.10 Square error / 191 Ex. 10.11 Fourier integral / 191 Ex. 10.12 Fourier transform / 192 Problems for Chapter 10 / 193 11 Partial Differential Equations / 198 Ex. 11.1 Basic equations in this chapter / 198 Ex. 11.2 Plot of level curves / 199 Ex. 11.3 Surface plots of solutions / 200 Ex. 11.4 Separation of variables / 200 Ex. 11.5 D'Alembert's solution / 201 Ex. 11.6 Vibrating beam / 202 Ex. 11.7 Heat equation / 203 Ex. 11.8 Heat flow: Adiabatic ends / 204 Ex. 11.9 Two-dimensional heat flow / 204 Ex. 11.10 Error function / 206 Ex. 11.11 Rectangular membrane / 208 Ex. 11.12 Square Membrane / 209 Problems for Chapter 11 / 211 12 Complex Numbers Complex Analytic Functions / 215 Ex. 12.1 Complex numbers / 217 Ex. 12.2 Polar form / 218 Ex. 12.3 Plotting complex numbers / 219 Ex. 12.4 Absolute value of a quotient / 221 Ex. 12.5 De Moivre's formula / 221 Ex. 12.6 Quadratic and cubic equations. Roots of complex numbers / 222 Ex. 12.7 Roots of unity and their plots / 222 Ex. 12.8 Unit circle, annulus / 224 Ex. 12.9 Circles. Completing squares / 224 Ex. 12.10 Inequalities / 225 Ex. 12.11 Function, derivative, surface plot / 225 Ex. 12.12 Cauchy--Riemann equations / 227 Ex. 12.13 Harmonic functions / 227 Ex. 12.14 Exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions / 228 Ex. 12.15 Complex logarithm In* (cf. Sec. 12.8) / 229 Problems for Chapter 12 / 232 13 Complex Integration / 236 Ex. 13.1 Integration by using a formula for the path / 236 Ex. 13.2 A most important integral (Sec. 13.2) / 237 Ex. 13.3 Path consisting of two parts. Path dependence / 238 Ex. 13.4 Indefinite integration (Sec. 13.2) / 238 Ex. 13.5 Linearity of integration / 239 Ex. 13.6 WARNING: Contour integrals / 239 Ex. 13.7 Partial fractions in integration / 240 Ex. 13.8 Contour integral of integer powers / 241 Ex. 13.9 Integration by Cauchy's integral formula / 241 Ex. 13.10 Integration by derivative formulas (Sec. 13.6) / 242 Problems for Chapter 13 / 243 14 Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series / 245 Ex. 14.1 Complex sequences and their plots / 246 Ex. 14.2 Ratio test for complex series / 248 Ex. 14.3 Radius of convergence. Cauchy--Hadamard formula / 249 Ex. 14.4 Taylor series / 250 Ex. 14.5 Differentiation and integration of Taylor series / 251 Ex. 14.6 Generating function / 252 Ex. 14.7 Use of complex series for computing function values / 254 Ex. 14.8 Uniform convergence / 254 Ex. 14.9 Laurent series / 255 Ex. 14.10 Laurent series by partial fractions / 255 Ex. 14.11 Zeros / 257 Ex. 14.12 Singularities / 258 Ex. 14.13 Analytic at infinity / 258 Problems for Chapter 14 / 260 15 Residue Integration Method / 262 Ex. 15.1 Residue integration / 262 Ex. 15.2 Location of singularities. Residues / 263 Ex. 15.3 Higher order pole. Partial fractions / 264 Ex. 15.4 Essential singularity / 264 Ex. 15.5 Integration by the residue theorem / 265 Ex. 15.6 The command residue / 266 Ex. 15.7 Real integrals / 266 Ex. 15.8 Complex transformation of real integrals / 267 Ex. 15.9 Caution with improper real integrals on the computer! / 268 Ex. 15.10 Fourier integrals, Sec. 15.4 / 269 Ex. 15.11 Cauchy principal value / 270 Problems for Chapter 15 / 271 16 Conformal Mapping / 273 Ex. 16.1 Plotting images of straight lines under w = z2 / 273 Conformal mapping / 274 Mapping w = l/z / 276 Mapping of the unit disk onto the unit disk / 277 Linear fractional transformation / 278 Linear fractional transformation for given points / 278 Mapping w = l/z / 279 Inverse linear fractional transformation / 280 Mappings of half-planes onto half-planes / 280 Ex. 16.10 Images of several rectangles on common axes / 281 Ex. 16.11 Joukowski airfoil (Sec. 16.5) / 282 Problems for Chapter 16 / 283 17 Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory / 291 Ex. 17.1 Finding and plotting equipotential lines / 291 Ex. 17.2 Plotting equipotential lines and lines of forces. / 293 Ex. 17.3 Equipotential lines / 293 Ex. 17.4 Equipotential surfaces of In z / 294 Ex. 17.5 Noncoaxial cylinders (p. 891) / 295 Ex. 17.6 Flow around a cylinder / 296 Ex. 17.7 Increase of the density of streamlines / 298 Ex. 17.8 Plotting equipotential lines by f i e l d p l o t / 298 Ex. 17.9 Series representation of potential (Sec. 17.5) / 300 Ex. 17.10 Mean value theorem for analytic functions / 301 Problems for Chapter 17 / 302 18 Numerical Methods in General / 305 Ex. 18.1 Numerical Errors - Quadratic Equation / 306 Ex. 18.2 Fixed-point iteration / 307 Ex. 18.3 Fixed point iteration / 308 Ex. 18.4 Fixed-point iteration (Sec. 18.2) / 309 Ex. 18.5 Newton's method. Square root / 310 Ex. 18.6 Iteration for a transcendental equation / 311 Ex. 18.7 Newton's method / 311 Ex. 18.8 Secant method / 313 Ex. 18.9 Bisection method (AEM, p. 935) / 313 Ex. 18.10 Lagrange interpolation (Sec. 18.3) / 314 Ex. 18.11 Newton's divided difference interpolation / 316 Ex. 18.12 Newton's forward difference interpolation / 318 Ex. 18.13 High-degree interpolation polynomials / 318 Ex. 18.14 Numerical integration / 319 Ex. 18.15 Gauss integration / 320 Problems for Chapter 18 / 322 Procedures / 325 19 Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra / 327 Ex. 19.1 Gauss elimination. Pivoting / 327 Ex. 19.2 Details of the Gauss elimination / 329 Ex. 19.3 Doolittle's method (p. 982) / 332 Ex. 19.4 Doolittle LU-factorization / 334 Ex. 19.5 Cholesky's method (p. 983) / 334 Ex. 19.6 Gauss--Jordan elimination / 336 Ex. 19.7 Gauss--Seidel iteration / 337 Ex. 19.8 Matrix norms, condition numbers (Sees. 19.3, 19.4) / 338 Ex. 19.9 Gauss--Seidel iteration. Test for convergence / 339 Ex. 19.10 Procedure for the Gauss--Seidel iteration / 340 Ex. 19.11 Least squares / 341 Ex. 19.12 Least squares / 342 Ex. 19.13 Example 19.12 revisited: Normal equations / 343 Ex. 19.14 Least squares: Quadratic polynomial / 344 Ex. 19.15 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 346 Ex. 19.16 Collatz's theorem for eigenvalues / 346 Ex. 19.17 Power method for eigenvalues (Sec. 19.8) / 348 Ex. 19.18 Wielandt's deflation / 350 Ex. 19.19 Householder tridiagonalization / 350 Ex. 19.20 QR Factorization method / 352 Ex. 19.21 Pivoting in Gaussian Elimination / 355 Problems for Chapter 19 / 357 20 Numerical Methods for Differential Equations / 360 Ex. 20.1 Two ways of writing a differential equation / 360 Ex. 20.2 Euler method (p. 1035) / 361 Ex. 20.3 Improved Euler method / 362 Ex. 20.4 Runge--Kutta method / 364 Ex. 20.5 Procedure for the Runge--Kutta method / 365 Ex. 20.6 Adams--Moulton two-step method / 366 Ex. 20.7 Adams--Moulton two-step method, with built-in Runge--Kutta / 367 Ex. 20.8 Second order differential equations, simplest method / 368 Ex. 20.9 Runge--Kutta--Nystrom method / 370 Ex. 20.10 Laplace equation in Example 1, p. 1059 / 372 Ex. 20.11 Program for the Laplace equation. Band matrices / 373 Ex. 20.12 Laplace equation: Refinement of grids / 375 Ex. 20.13 Laplace equation: Procedure / 376 Ex. 20.14 Poisson Equation: Mixed Boundary Values / 377 Ex. 20.15 Parabolic Equations: Crank--Nicolson Method / 378 Problems for Chapter 20 / 380 21 Chapter / 22 No examples, no problems. 23 Probability Theory / 385 Ex. 23.1 Stirling formula / 385 Ex. 23.2 Sum of binomial coefficients / 386 Ex. 23.3 Plotting distribution functions / 387 Ex. 23.4 Plotting distribution function and density / 387 Ex. 23.5 Distribution function, density, critical value / 387 Ex. 23.6 Uniform distribution / 388 Ex. 23.7 Binomial distribution / 389 Ex. 23.8 Binomial distribution / 389 Ex. 23.9 Poisson distribution with a large mean / 391 Ex. 23.10 Hypergeometric distribution / 391 Ex. 23.11 Normal distribution / 391 Problems for Chapter 23 / 394 24 Mathematical Statistics / 396 Ex. 24.1 Random numbers / 397 Ex. 24.2 Random numbers. Sample means / 398 Ex. 24.3 Frequency polygon / 400 Ex. 24.4, Sample mean, variance, and standard deviation / 400 Ex. 24.5 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal distribution with known variance / 401 Ex. 24.6 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal distribution with unknown variance, $t$-distribution / 402 Ex. 24.7 Confidence interval for the variance of the normal distribution / 402 Ex. 24.8 Test for the mean / 403 Ex. 24.9 Power function for different sample sizes. OC curves / 403 Ex. 24.10 Tests for the mean of the normal distribution with known variance / 404 Ex. 24.11 $t$-test for the mean of the normal distribution with unknown variance / 405 Ex. 24.12 Test for the variance of the normal distribution / 405 Ex. 24.13 Comparison of means by independent samples / 406 Ex. 24.14 Comparison of variances of normal distributions / 406 Ex. 24.15 Acceptance sampling / 407 Ex. 24.16 Linear regression / 408 Ex. 24.17 Nonlinear regression / 409 Problems for Chapter 24 / 411 Appendix 1 References / A1 Appendix 2 Solutions to Odd-Numbered Problems / A2 Index of Maple Commands and Keywords / J1 Index of Maple Commands Arranged by Chapters / J11

rawnote:
There is a companion {\em Instructor's Maple Manual}, but I have not yet found an exact citation for it.

rawTOC:
Introduction / 1 \\ General Commands / 3 \\ 1 First Order Differential Equations / 10 \\ Ex. 1.1 Radioactivity, exponential decay / 12 \\ Ex. 1.2 Separation of variables. Plot of several curves / 14 \\ Ex. 1.3 Checking solutions. Two ways of writing derivatives / 15 \\ Ex. 1.4 Flow through an outlet. Torricelli's law / 16 \\ Ex. 1.5 Mixing problem / 16 \\ Ex. 1.6 Exact differential equation / 18 \\ Ex. 1.7 Integrating factors / 18 \\ Ex. 1.8 Linear differential equations / 19 \\ Ex. 1.9 Bernoulli equation. Verhulst equation / 20 \\ Ex. 1.10 RC-circuit / 21 \\ Ex. 1.11 RL-circuit. TRIGONOMETRIC TRICK / 22 \\ Ex. 1.12 Orthogonal trajectories / 23 \\ Ex. 1.13 Plotting trajectories by the command seq / 24 \\ Ex. 1.14 Direction field / 25 \\ Ex. 1.15 Picard iteration / 26 \\ Problems for Chapter 1 / 28 \\ 2 Second Order Differential Equations / 34 \\ Ex. 2.1 General solution. Initial value problem / 35 \\ Ex. 2.2 Double root (cf. Sec. 2.2) / 35 \\ Ex. 2.3 Complex roots of the characteristic equation / 37 \\ Ex. 2.4 Boundary value problem / 38 \\ Ex. 2.5 Undamped free vibrations / 38 \\ Ex. 2.6 Overdamped free motions / 40 \\ Ex. 2.7 Critically damped free motion / 41 \\ Ex. 2.8 Underdamped oscillations / 42 \\ Ex. 2.9 Euler--Cauchy equation / 43 \\ Ex. 2.10 Wronskian / 44 \\ Ex. 2.11 Reduction of order / 45 \\ Ex. 2.12 Nonhomogeneous differential equation / 45 \\ Ex. 2.13 Solution by undetermined coefficients / 47 \\ Ex. 2.14 Variation of parameters / 48 \\ Ex. 2.15 Resonance in an undamped vibrating system / 49 \\ Ex. 2.16 Forced undamped oscillations. Beats. / 50 \\ Ex. 2.17 Forced damped oscillations in Sec. 2.11 / 51 \\ Ex. 2.18 RLC-circuit / 52 \\ Problems for Chapter 2 / 54 \\ 3 Higher Order Linear Differential Equations / 57 \\ Ex. 3.1 Basis of solutions. Wronskian / 58 \\ Ex. 3.2 Initial value problem / 59 \\ Ex. 3.3 Verification of solutions / 60 \\ Ex. 3.4 Differential equation for a given basis / 60 \\ Ex. 3.5 Method of undetermined coefficients / 61 \\ Ex. 3.6 Initial value problems for nonhomogeneous equations / 62 \\ Ex. 3.7 Variation of parameters / 62 \\ Problems for Chapter 3 / 65 \\ 4 Systems of Differential Equations Phase Plane, Stability / 67 \\ Ex. 4.1 Improper node / 70 \\ Ex. 4.2 Improper node. Use of matrices / 71 \\ Ex. 4.3 Direction field of vectors in the phase plane / 73 \\ Ex. 4.4 Saddle point / 74 \\ Ex. 4.5 Center / 75 \\ Ex. 4.6 Spiral point / 76 \\ Ex. 4.7 System without basis of eigenvectors / 78 \\ Ex. 4.8 Pendulum equation (Sec. 4.5) / 79 \\ Ex. 4.9 Van der Pol equation. Limit cycle (Sec. 4.5) / 81 \\ Ex. 4.10 Nonhomogeneous system / 82 \\ Ex. 4.11 Method of undetermined coefficients / 83 \\ Ex. 4.12 Variation of parameters / 84 \\ Ex. 4.13 Diagonalization of systems of differential equations / 85 \\ Problems for Chapter 4 / 88 \\ 5 Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special Functions / 92 \\ Ex. 5.1 Series solution. Plot from it / 94 \\ Ex. 5.2 Legendre polynomials. The orthopoly package / 95 \\ Ex. 5.3 Legendre polynomials. Simplification of results / 97 \\ Ex. 5.4 Legendre polynomials from boundary value problems / 98 \\ Ex. 5.5 Coefficient recursion for series solution / 98 \\ Ex. 5.6 Coefficient recursion for the Legendre equation / 100 \\ Ex. 5.7 Frobenius method / 100 \\ Ex. 5.8 Bessel functions / 101 \\ Ex. 5.9 Bessel functions of the second kind / 103 \\ Ex. 5.10 Orthogonal expansions. Fourier--Legendre series / 104 \\ Problems for Chapter 5 / 106 \\ 6 Laplace Transforms / 108 \\ Ex. 6.1 Beginnings / 109 \\ Ex. 6.2 Inverse Laplace transform / 110 \\ Ex. 6.3 Differentiation and integration of functions / 111 \\ Ex. 6.4 Differential equation / 111 \\ Ex. 6.5 Initial value problem for a nonhomogeneous equation / 112 \\ Ex. 6.6 Unit step function. Dirac's delta function / 113 \\ Ex. 6.7 Discontinuous periodic driving force / 115 \\ Ex. 6.8 General formulas / 116 \\ Ex. 6.9 Forced oscillations. Resonance / 117 \\ Ex. 6.10 System of differential equations. Spacecurve / 118 \\ Problems for Chapter 6 / 121 \\ 7 Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus / 125 \\ Ex. 7.1 Matrices and vectors: Addition and multiplication / 129 \\ Ex. 7.2 Further operations on matrices / 131 \\ Ex. 7.3 Special matrices / 133 \\ Ex. 7.4 Solution of a linear system / 134 \\ Ex. 7.5 Gauss elimination, further cases / 135 \\ Ex. 7.6 Determinants / 135 \\ Ex. 7.7 Inverse of a matrix / 136 \\ Ex. 7.8 Rank of a matrix / 137 \\ Ex. 7.9 Linear independence and dependence / 138 \\ Ex. 7.10 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 139 \\ Ex. 7.11 Complex eigenvalues / 140 \\ Ex. 7.12 Orthogonal transformations / 141 \\ Ex. 7.13 Complex matrices / 142 \\ Ex. 7.14 Diagonalization of a matrix / 143 \\ Ex. 7.15 Similar matrices / 144 \\ Problems for Chapter 7 / 146 \\ 8 Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl / 149 \\ Ex. 8.1 Vector with given endpoints. Length / 151 \\ Ex. 8.2 Vector addition. Scalar multiplication / 152 \\ Ex. 8.3 Inner product (dot product) / 152 \\ Ex. 8.4 Vector product (cross product) / 154 \\ Ex. 8.5 Differentiation of vectors. Tangent. Spaceplots / 155 \\ Ex. 8.6 Arc length, curvature, torsion of a curve / 156 \\ Ex. 8.7 Gradient, directional derivative / 157 \\ Ex. 8.8 Gradient as surface normal vector. Vector substitution / 158 \\ Ex. 8.9 Potential of a vector field / 159 \\ Ex. 8.10 Divergence. Laplacian / 159 \\ Ex. 8.11 Curl / 160 \\ Problems for Chapter 8 / 162 \\ 9 Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems / 167 \\ Ex. 9.1 Line integral in the plane / 167 \\ Ex. 9.2 Line integral in space / 168 \\ Ex. 9.3 Dependence of integrals on path / 169 \\ Ex. 9.4 Line integral of the form (7), p. 505 / 169 \\ Ex. 9.5 Independence of path / 170 \\ Ex. 9.6 Path independence; Use of potential / 170 \\ Ex. 9.7 Exactness and independence of path / 171 \\ Ex. 9.8 Double integrals / 171 \\ Ex. 9.9 Green's theorem in the plane / 172 \\ Ex. 9.10 Surface plot. Normal vector / 172 \\ Ex. 9.11 Surface integral (flux) / 174 \\ Ex. 9.12 Triple integral / 174 \\ Ex. 9.13 Gauss's divergence theorem / 174 \\ Ex. 9.14 Verification of the divergence theorem / 175 \\ Ex. 9.15 Stokes's theorem / 176 \\ Problems for Chapter 9 / 178 \\ 10 Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms / 181 \\ Ex. 10.1 Periodic square wave / 181 \\ Ex. 10.2 Piecewise linear function / 183 \\ Ex. 10.3 Series with cosine and sine terms / 184 \\ Ex. 10.4 Period different from 2?r / 184 \\ Ex. 10.5 Saw tooth waves. Gibbs phenomenon / 185 \\ Ex. 10.6 Even and odd functions / 186 \\ Ex. 10.7 Half-range expansions / 186 \\ Ex. 10.8 Rectifier / 187 \\ Ex. 10.9 Forced oscillations / 189 \\ Ex. 10.10 Square error / 191 \\ Ex. 10.11 Fourier integral / 191 \\ Ex. 10.12 Fourier transform / 192 \\ Problems for Chapter 10 / 193 \\ 11 Partial Differential Equations / 198 \\ Ex. 11.1 Basic equations in this chapter / 198 \\ Ex. 11.2 Plot of level curves / 199 \\ Ex. 11.3 Surface plots of solutions / 200 \\ Ex. 11.4 Separation of variables / 200 \\ Ex. 11.5 D'Alembert's solution / 201 \\ Ex. 11.6 Vibrating beam / 202 \\ Ex. 11.7 Heat equation / 203 \\ Ex. 11.8 Heat flow: Adiabatic ends / 204 \\ Ex. 11.9 Two-dimensional heat flow / 204 \\ Ex. 11.10 Error function / 206 \\ Ex. 11.11 Rectangular membrane / 208 \\ Ex. 11.12 Square Membrane / 209 \\ Problems for Chapter 11 / 211 \\ 12 Complex Numbers Complex Analytic Functions / 215 \\ Ex. 12.1 Complex numbers / 217 \\ Ex. 12.2 Polar form / 218 \\ Ex. 12.3 Plotting complex numbers / 219 \\ Ex. 12.4 Absolute value of a quotient / 221 \\ Ex. 12.5 De Moivre's formula / 221 \\ Ex. 12.6 Quadratic and cubic equations. Roots of complex numbers / 222 \\ Ex. 12.7 Roots of unity and their plots / 222 \\ Ex. 12.8 Unit circle, annulus / 224 \\ Ex. 12.9 Circles. Completing squares / 224 \\ Ex. 12.10 Inequalities / 225 \\ Ex. 12.11 Function, derivative, surface plot / 225 \\ Ex. 12.12 Cauchy--Riemann equations / 227 \\ Ex. 12.13 Harmonic functions / 227 \\ Ex. 12.14 Exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions / 228 \\ Ex. 12.15 Complex logarithm In* (cf. Sec. 12.8) / 229 \\ Problems for Chapter 12 / 232 \\ 13 Complex Integration / 236 \\ Ex. 13.1 Integration by using a formula for the path / 236 \\ Ex. 13.2 A most important integral (Sec. 13.2) / 237 \\ Ex. 13.3 Path consisting of two parts. Path dependence / 238 \\ Ex. 13.4 Indefinite integration (Sec. 13.2) / 238 \\ Ex. 13.5 Linearity of integration / 239 \\ Ex. 13.6 WARNING: Contour integrals / 239 \\ Ex. 13.7 Partial fractions in integration / 240 \\ Ex. 13.8 Contour integral of integer powers / 241 \\ Ex. 13.9 Integration by Cauchy's integral formula / 241 \\ Ex. 13.10 Integration by derivative formulas (Sec. 13.6) / 242 \\ Problems for Chapter 13 / 243 \\ 14 Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series / 245 \\ Ex. 14.1 Complex sequences and their plots / 246 \\ Ex. 14.2 Ratio test for complex series / 248 \\ Ex. 14.3 Radius of convergence. Cauchy--Hadamard formula / 249 \\ Ex. 14.4 Taylor series / 250 \\ Ex. 14.5 Differentiation and integration of Taylor series / 251 \\ Ex. 14.6 Generating function / 252 \\ Ex. 14.7 Use of complex series for computing function values / 254 \\ Ex. 14.8 Uniform convergence / 254 \\ Ex. 14.9 Laurent series / 255 \\ Ex. 14.10 Laurent series by partial fractions / 255 \\ Ex. 14.11 Zeros / 257 \\ Ex. 14.12 Singularities / 258 \\ Ex. 14.13 Analytic at infinity / 258 \\ Problems for Chapter 14 / 260 \\ 15 Residue Integration Method / 262 \\ Ex. 15.1 Residue integration / 262 \\ Ex. 15.2 Location of singularities. Residues / 263 \\ Ex. 15.3 Higher order pole. Partial fractions / 264 \\ Ex. 15.4 Essential singularity / 264 \\ Ex. 15.5 Integration by the residue theorem / 265 \\ Ex. 15.6 The command residue / 266 \\ Ex. 15.7 Real integrals / 266 \\ Ex. 15.8 Complex transformation of real integrals / 267 \\ Ex. 15.9 Caution with improper real integrals on the computer! / 268 \\ Ex. 15.10 Fourier integrals, Sec. 15.4 / 269 \\ Ex. 15.11 Cauchy principal value / 270 \\ Problems for Chapter 15 / 271 \\ 16 Conformal Mapping / 273 \\ Ex. 16.1 Plotting images of straight lines under w = z2 / 273 \\ Conformal mapping / 274 \\ Mapping w = l/z / 276 \\ Mapping of the unit disk onto the unit disk / 277 \\ Linear fractional transformation / 278 \\ Linear fractional transformation for given points / 278 \\ Mapping w = l/z / 279 \\ Inverse linear fractional transformation / 280 \\ Mappings of half-planes onto half-planes / 280 \\ Ex. 16.10 Images of several rectangles on common axes / 281 \\ Ex. 16.11 Joukowski airfoil (Sec. 16.5) / 282 \\ Problems for Chapter 16 / 283 \\ 17 Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory / 291 \\ Ex. 17.1 Finding and plotting equipotential lines / 291 \\ Ex. 17.2 Plotting equipotential lines and lines of forces. / 293 \\ Ex. 17.3 Equipotential lines / 293 \\ Ex. 17.4 Equipotential surfaces of In z / 294 \\ Ex. 17.5 Noncoaxial cylinders (p. 891) / 295 \\ Ex. 17.6 Flow around a cylinder / 296 \\ Ex. 17.7 Increase of the density of streamlines / 298 \\ Ex. 17.8 Plotting equipotential lines by f i e l d p l o t / 298 \\ Ex. 17.9 Series representation of potential (Sec. 17.5) / 300 \\ Ex. 17.10 Mean value theorem for analytic functions / 301 \\ Problems for Chapter 17 / 302 \\ 18 Numerical Methods in General / 305 \\ Ex. 18.1 Numerical Errors - Quadratic Equation / 306 \\ Ex. 18.2 Fixed-point iteration / 307 \\ Ex. 18.3 Fixed point iteration / 308 \\ Ex. 18.4 Fixed-point iteration (Sec. 18.2) / 309 \\ Ex. 18.5 Newton's method. Square root / 310 \\ Ex. 18.6 Iteration for a transcendental equation / 311 \\ Ex. 18.7 Newton's method / 311 \\ Ex. 18.8 Secant method / 313 \\ Ex. 18.9 Bisection method (AEM, p. 935) / 313 \\ Ex. 18.10 Lagrange interpolation (Sec. 18.3) / 314 \\ Ex. 18.11 Newton's divided difference interpolation / 316 \\ Ex. 18.12 Newton's forward difference interpolation / 318 \\ Ex. 18.13 High-degree interpolation polynomials / 318 \\ Ex. 18.14 Numerical integration / 319 \\ Ex. 18.15 Gauss integration / 320 \\ Problems for Chapter 18 / 322 \\ Procedures / 325 \\ 19 Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra / 327 \\ Ex. 19.1 Gauss elimination. Pivoting / 327 \\ Ex. 19.2 Details of the Gauss elimination / 329 \\ Ex. 19.3 Doolittle's method (p. 982) / 332 \\ Ex. 19.4 Doolittle LU-factorization / 334 \\ Ex. 19.5 Cholesky's method (p. 983) / 334 \\ Ex. 19.6 Gauss--Jordan elimination / 336 \\ Ex. 19.7 Gauss--Seidel iteration / 337 \\ Ex. 19.8 Matrix norms, condition numbers (Sees. 19.3, 19.4) / 338 \\ Ex. 19.9 Gauss--Seidel iteration. Test for convergence / 339 \\ Ex. 19.10 Procedure for the Gauss--Seidel iteration / 340 \\ Ex. 19.11 Least squares / 341 \\ Ex. 19.12 Least squares / 342 \\ Ex. 19.13 Example 19.12 revisited: Normal equations / 343 \\ Ex. 19.14 Least squares: Quadratic polynomial / 344 \\ Ex. 19.15 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 346 \\ Ex. 19.16 Collatz's theorem for eigenvalues / 346 \\ Ex. 19.17 Power method for eigenvalues (Sec. 19.8) / 348 \\ Ex. 19.18 Wielandt's deflation / 350 \\ Ex. 19.19 Householder tridiagonalization / 350 \\ Ex. 19.20 QR Factorization method / 352 \\ Ex. 19.21 Pivoting in Gaussian Elimination / 355 \\ Problems for Chapter 19 / 357 \\ 20 Numerical Methods for Differential Equations / 360 \\ Ex. 20.1 Two ways of writing a differential equation / 360 \\ Ex. 20.2 Euler method (p. 1035) / 361 \\ Ex. 20.3 Improved Euler method / 362 \\ Ex. 20.4 Runge--Kutta method / 364 \\ Ex. 20.5 Procedure for the Runge--Kutta method / 365 \\ Ex. 20.6 Adams--Moulton two-step method / 366 \\ Ex. 20.7 Adams--Moulton two-step method, with built-in Runge--Kutta / 367 \\ Ex. 20.8 Second order differential equations, simplest method / 368 \\ Ex. 20.9 Runge--Kutta--Nystr{\"o}m method / 370 \\ Ex. 20.10 Laplace equation in Example 1, p. 1059 / 372 \\ Ex. 20.11 Program for the Laplace equation. Band matrices / 373 \\ Ex. 20.12 Laplace equation: Refinement of grids / 375 \\ Ex. 20.13 Laplace equation: Procedure / 376 \\ Ex. 20.14 Poisson Equation: Mixed Boundary Values / 377 \\ Ex. 20.15 Parabolic Equations: Crank--Nicolson Method / 378 \\ Problems for Chapter 20 / 380 \\ 21 Chapter / 22 \\ No examples, no problems. 23 Probability Theory / 385 \\ Ex. 23.1 Stirling formula / 385 \\ Ex. 23.2 Sum of binomial coefficients / 386 \\ Ex. 23.3 Plotting distribution functions / 387 \\ Ex. 23.4 Plotting distribution function and density / 387 \\ Ex. 23.5 Distribution function, density, critical value / 387 \\ Ex. 23.6 Uniform distribution / 388 \\ Ex. 23.7 Binomial distribution / 389 \\ Ex. 23.8 Binomial distribution / 389 \\ Ex. 23.9 Poisson distribution with a large mean / 391 \\ Ex. 23.10 Hypergeometric distribution / 391 \\ Ex. 23.11 Normal distribution / 391 \\ Problems for Chapter 23 / 394 \\ 24 Mathematical Statistics / 396 \\ Ex. 24.1 Random numbers / 397 \\ Ex. 24.2 Random numbers. Sample means / 398 \\ Ex. 24.3 Frequency polygon / 400 \\ Ex. 24.4, Sample mean, variance, and standard deviation / 400 \\ Ex. 24.5 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal distribution with known variance / 401 \\ Ex. 24.6 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal distribution with unknown variance, $t$-distribution / 402 \\ Ex. 24.7 Confidence interval for the variance of the normal distribution / 402 \\ Ex. 24.8 Test for the mean / 403 \\ Ex. 24.9 Power function for different sample sizes. OC curves / 403 \\ Ex. 24.10 Tests for the mean of the normal distribution with known variance / 404 \\ Ex. 24.11 $t$-test for the mean of the normal distribution with unknown variance / 405 \\ Ex. 24.12 Test for the variance of the normal distribution / 405 \\ Ex. 24.13 Comparison of means by independent samples / 406 \\ Ex. 24.14 Comparison of variances of normal distributions / 406 \\ Ex. 24.15 Acceptance sampling / 407 \\ Ex. 24.16 Linear regression / 408 \\ Ex. 24.17 Nonlinear regression / 409 \\ Problems for Chapter 24 / 411 \\ Appendix 1 References / A1 \\ Appendix 2 Solutions to Odd-Numbered Problems / A2 \\ Index of Maple Commands and Keywords / J1 Index of Maple Commands Arranged by Chapters / J11

entry:
@Book{Kreyszig:1994:MCM,
  author =       "E. Kreyszig and E. J. Normington",
  title =        "{Maple} Computer Manual for Seventh Edition Advanced
                 Engineering Mathematics: {Erwin Kreyszig}",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 506",
  year =         "1994",
  ISBN =         "0-471-31126-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-471-31126-3",
  LCCN =         "QA401 K74 1993",
  bibdate =      "Thu Jul 7 07:55:36 1994",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/maple-extract.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/prng.bib",
  note =         "There is a companion {\em Instructor's Maple Manual},
                 but I have not yet found an exact citation for it.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
                 General Commands / 3 \\
                 1 First Order Differential Equations / 10 \\
                 Ex. 1.1 Radioactivity, exponential decay / 12 \\
                 Ex. 1.2 Separation of variables. Plot of several curves
                 / 14 \\
                 Ex. 1.3 Checking solutions. Two ways of writing
                 derivatives / 15 \\
                 Ex. 1.4 Flow through an outlet. Torricelli's law / 16
                 \\
                 Ex. 1.5 Mixing problem / 16 \\
                 Ex. 1.6 Exact differential equation / 18 \\
                 Ex. 1.7 Integrating factors / 18 \\
                 Ex. 1.8 Linear differential equations / 19 \\
                 Ex. 1.9 Bernoulli equation. Verhulst equation / 20 \\
                 Ex. 1.10 RC-circuit / 21 \\
                 Ex. 1.11 RL-circuit. TRIGONOMETRIC TRICK / 22 \\
                 Ex. 1.12 Orthogonal trajectories / 23 \\
                 Ex. 1.13 Plotting trajectories by the command seq / 24
                 \\
                 Ex. 1.14 Direction field / 25 \\
                 Ex. 1.15 Picard iteration / 26 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 1 / 28 \\
                 2 Second Order Differential Equations / 34 \\
                 Ex. 2.1 General solution. Initial value problem / 35
                 \\
                 Ex. 2.2 Double root (cf. Sec. 2.2) / 35 \\
                 Ex. 2.3 Complex roots of the characteristic equation /
                 37 \\
                 Ex. 2.4 Boundary value problem / 38 \\
                 Ex. 2.5 Undamped free vibrations / 38 \\
                 Ex. 2.6 Overdamped free motions / 40 \\
                 Ex. 2.7 Critically damped free motion / 41 \\
                 Ex. 2.8 Underdamped oscillations / 42 \\
                 Ex. 2.9 Euler--Cauchy equation / 43 \\
                 Ex. 2.10 Wronskian / 44 \\
                 Ex. 2.11 Reduction of order / 45 \\
                 Ex. 2.12 Nonhomogeneous differential equation / 45 \\
                 Ex. 2.13 Solution by undetermined coefficients / 47 \\
                 Ex. 2.14 Variation of parameters / 48 \\
                 Ex. 2.15 Resonance in an undamped vibrating system / 49
                 \\
                 Ex. 2.16 Forced undamped oscillations. Beats. / 50 \\
                 Ex. 2.17 Forced damped oscillations in Sec. 2.11 / 51
                 \\
                 Ex. 2.18 RLC-circuit / 52 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 2 / 54 \\
                 3 Higher Order Linear Differential Equations / 57 \\
                 Ex. 3.1 Basis of solutions. Wronskian / 58 \\
                 Ex. 3.2 Initial value problem / 59 \\
                 Ex. 3.3 Verification of solutions / 60 \\
                 Ex. 3.4 Differential equation for a given basis / 60
                 \\
                 Ex. 3.5 Method of undetermined coefficients / 61 \\
                 Ex. 3.6 Initial value problems for nonhomogeneous
                 equations / 62 \\
                 Ex. 3.7 Variation of parameters / 62 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 3 / 65 \\
                 4 Systems of Differential Equations Phase Plane,
                 Stability / 67 \\
                 Ex. 4.1 Improper node / 70 \\
                 Ex. 4.2 Improper node. Use of matrices / 71 \\
                 Ex. 4.3 Direction field of vectors in the phase plane /
                 73 \\
                 Ex. 4.4 Saddle point / 74 \\
                 Ex. 4.5 Center / 75 \\
                 Ex. 4.6 Spiral point / 76 \\
                 Ex. 4.7 System without basis of eigenvectors / 78 \\
                 Ex. 4.8 Pendulum equation (Sec. 4.5) / 79 \\
                 Ex. 4.9 Van der Pol equation. Limit cycle (Sec. 4.5) /
                 81 \\
                 Ex. 4.10 Nonhomogeneous system / 82 \\
                 Ex. 4.11 Method of undetermined coefficients / 83 \\
                 Ex. 4.12 Variation of parameters / 84 \\
                 Ex. 4.13 Diagonalization of systems of differential
                 equations / 85 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 4 / 88 \\
                 5 Series Solutions of Differential Equations. Special
                 Functions / 92 \\
                 Ex. 5.1 Series solution. Plot from it / 94 \\
                 Ex. 5.2 Legendre polynomials. The orthopoly package /
                 95 \\
                 Ex. 5.3 Legendre polynomials. Simplification of results
                 / 97 \\
                 Ex. 5.4 Legendre polynomials from boundary value
                 problems / 98 \\
                 Ex. 5.5 Coefficient recursion for series solution / 98
                 \\
                 Ex. 5.6 Coefficient recursion for the Legendre equation
                 / 100 \\
                 Ex. 5.7 Frobenius method / 100 \\
                 Ex. 5.8 Bessel functions / 101 \\
                 Ex. 5.9 Bessel functions of the second kind / 103 \\
                 Ex. 5.10 Orthogonal expansions. Fourier--Legendre
                 series / 104 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 5 / 106 \\
                 6 Laplace Transforms / 108 \\
                 Ex. 6.1 Beginnings / 109 \\
                 Ex. 6.2 Inverse Laplace transform / 110 \\
                 Ex. 6.3 Differentiation and integration of functions /
                 111 \\
                 Ex. 6.4 Differential equation / 111 \\
                 Ex. 6.5 Initial value problem for a nonhomogeneous
                 equation / 112 \\
                 Ex. 6.6 Unit step function. Dirac's delta function /
                 113 \\
                 Ex. 6.7 Discontinuous periodic driving force / 115 \\
                 Ex. 6.8 General formulas / 116 \\
                 Ex. 6.9 Forced oscillations. Resonance / 117 \\
                 Ex. 6.10 System of differential equations. Spacecurve /
                 118 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 6 / 121 \\
                 7 Linear Algebra, Vector Calculus / 125 \\
                 Ex. 7.1 Matrices and vectors: Addition and
                 multiplication / 129 \\
                 Ex. 7.2 Further operations on matrices / 131 \\
                 Ex. 7.3 Special matrices / 133 \\
                 Ex. 7.4 Solution of a linear system / 134 \\
                 Ex. 7.5 Gauss elimination, further cases / 135 \\
                 Ex. 7.6 Determinants / 135 \\
                 Ex. 7.7 Inverse of a matrix / 136 \\
                 Ex. 7.8 Rank of a matrix / 137 \\
                 Ex. 7.9 Linear independence and dependence / 138 \\
                 Ex. 7.10 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 139 \\
                 Ex. 7.11 Complex eigenvalues / 140 \\
                 Ex. 7.12 Orthogonal transformations / 141 \\
                 Ex. 7.13 Complex matrices / 142 \\
                 Ex. 7.14 Diagonalization of a matrix / 143 \\
                 Ex. 7.15 Similar matrices / 144 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 7 / 146 \\
                 8 Vector Differential Calculus. Grad, Div, Curl / 149
                 \\
                 Ex. 8.1 Vector with given endpoints. Length / 151 \\
                 Ex. 8.2 Vector addition. Scalar multiplication / 152
                 \\
                 Ex. 8.3 Inner product (dot product) / 152 \\
                 Ex. 8.4 Vector product (cross product) / 154 \\
                 Ex. 8.5 Differentiation of vectors. Tangent. Spaceplots
                 / 155 \\
                 Ex. 8.6 Arc length, curvature, torsion of a curve / 156
                 \\
                 Ex. 8.7 Gradient, directional derivative / 157 \\
                 Ex. 8.8 Gradient as surface normal vector. Vector
                 substitution / 158 \\
                 Ex. 8.9 Potential of a vector field / 159 \\
                 Ex. 8.10 Divergence. Laplacian / 159 \\
                 Ex. 8.11 Curl / 160 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 8 / 162 \\
                 9 Vector Integral Calculus. Integral Theorems / 167 \\
                 Ex. 9.1 Line integral in the plane / 167 \\
                 Ex. 9.2 Line integral in space / 168 \\
                 Ex. 9.3 Dependence of integrals on path / 169 \\
                 Ex. 9.4 Line integral of the form (7), p. 505 / 169 \\
                 Ex. 9.5 Independence of path / 170 \\
                 Ex. 9.6 Path independence; Use of potential / 170 \\
                 Ex. 9.7 Exactness and independence of path / 171 \\
                 Ex. 9.8 Double integrals / 171 \\
                 Ex. 9.9 Green's theorem in the plane / 172 \\
                 Ex. 9.10 Surface plot. Normal vector / 172 \\
                 Ex. 9.11 Surface integral (flux) / 174 \\
                 Ex. 9.12 Triple integral / 174 \\
                 Ex. 9.13 Gauss's divergence theorem / 174 \\
                 Ex. 9.14 Verification of the divergence theorem / 175
                 \\
                 Ex. 9.15 Stokes's theorem / 176 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 9 / 178 \\
                 10 Fourier Series, Integrals, and Transforms / 181 \\
                 Ex. 10.1 Periodic square wave / 181 \\
                 Ex. 10.2 Piecewise linear function / 183 \\
                 Ex. 10.3 Series with cosine and sine terms / 184 \\
                 Ex. 10.4 Period different from 2?r / 184 \\
                 Ex. 10.5 Saw tooth waves. Gibbs phenomenon / 185 \\
                 Ex. 10.6 Even and odd functions / 186 \\
                 Ex. 10.7 Half-range expansions / 186 \\
                 Ex. 10.8 Rectifier / 187 \\
                 Ex. 10.9 Forced oscillations / 189 \\
                 Ex. 10.10 Square error / 191 \\
                 Ex. 10.11 Fourier integral / 191 \\
                 Ex. 10.12 Fourier transform / 192 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 10 / 193 \\
                 11 Partial Differential Equations / 198 \\
                 Ex. 11.1 Basic equations in this chapter / 198 \\
                 Ex. 11.2 Plot of level curves / 199 \\
                 Ex. 11.3 Surface plots of solutions / 200 \\
                 Ex. 11.4 Separation of variables / 200 \\
                 Ex. 11.5 D'Alembert's solution / 201 \\
                 Ex. 11.6 Vibrating beam / 202 \\
                 Ex. 11.7 Heat equation / 203 \\
                 Ex. 11.8 Heat flow: Adiabatic ends / 204 \\
                 Ex. 11.9 Two-dimensional heat flow / 204 \\
                 Ex. 11.10 Error function / 206 \\
                 Ex. 11.11 Rectangular membrane / 208 \\
                 Ex. 11.12 Square Membrane / 209 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 11 / 211 \\
                 12 Complex Numbers Complex Analytic Functions / 215 \\
                 Ex. 12.1 Complex numbers / 217 \\
                 Ex. 12.2 Polar form / 218 \\
                 Ex. 12.3 Plotting complex numbers / 219 \\
                 Ex. 12.4 Absolute value of a quotient / 221 \\
                 Ex. 12.5 De Moivre's formula / 221 \\
                 Ex. 12.6 Quadratic and cubic equations. Roots of
                 complex numbers / 222 \\
                 Ex. 12.7 Roots of unity and their plots / 222 \\
                 Ex. 12.8 Unit circle, annulus / 224 \\
                 Ex. 12.9 Circles. Completing squares / 224 \\
                 Ex. 12.10 Inequalities / 225 \\
                 Ex. 12.11 Function, derivative, surface plot / 225 \\
                 Ex. 12.12 Cauchy--Riemann equations / 227 \\
                 Ex. 12.13 Harmonic functions / 227 \\
                 Ex. 12.14 Exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic
                 functions / 228 \\
                 Ex. 12.15 Complex logarithm In* (cf. Sec. 12.8) / 229
                 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 12 / 232 \\
                 13 Complex Integration / 236 \\
                 Ex. 13.1 Integration by using a formula for the path /
                 236 \\
                 Ex. 13.2 A most important integral (Sec. 13.2) / 237
                 \\
                 Ex. 13.3 Path consisting of two parts. Path dependence
                 / 238 \\
                 Ex. 13.4 Indefinite integration (Sec. 13.2) / 238 \\
                 Ex. 13.5 Linearity of integration / 239 \\
                 Ex. 13.6 WARNING: Contour integrals / 239 \\
                 Ex. 13.7 Partial fractions in integration / 240 \\
                 Ex. 13.8 Contour integral of integer powers / 241 \\
                 Ex. 13.9 Integration by Cauchy's integral formula / 241
                 \\
                 Ex. 13.10 Integration by derivative formulas (Sec.
                 13.6) / 242 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 13 / 243 \\
                 14 Power Series, Taylor Series, Laurent Series / 245
                 \\
                 Ex. 14.1 Complex sequences and their plots / 246 \\
                 Ex. 14.2 Ratio test for complex series / 248 \\
                 Ex. 14.3 Radius of convergence. Cauchy--Hadamard
                 formula / 249 \\
                 Ex. 14.4 Taylor series / 250 \\
                 Ex. 14.5 Differentiation and integration of Taylor
                 series / 251 \\
                 Ex. 14.6 Generating function / 252 \\
                 Ex. 14.7 Use of complex series for computing function
                 values / 254 \\
                 Ex. 14.8 Uniform convergence / 254 \\
                 Ex. 14.9 Laurent series / 255 \\
                 Ex. 14.10 Laurent series by partial fractions / 255 \\
                 Ex. 14.11 Zeros / 257 \\
                 Ex. 14.12 Singularities / 258 \\
                 Ex. 14.13 Analytic at infinity / 258 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 14 / 260 \\
                 15 Residue Integration Method / 262 \\
                 Ex. 15.1 Residue integration / 262 \\
                 Ex. 15.2 Location of singularities. Residues / 263 \\
                 Ex. 15.3 Higher order pole. Partial fractions / 264 \\
                 Ex. 15.4 Essential singularity / 264 \\
                 Ex. 15.5 Integration by the residue theorem / 265 \\
                 Ex. 15.6 The command residue / 266 \\
                 Ex. 15.7 Real integrals / 266 \\
                 Ex. 15.8 Complex transformation of real integrals / 267
                 \\
                 Ex. 15.9 Caution with improper real integrals on the
                 computer! / 268 \\
                 Ex. 15.10 Fourier integrals, Sec. 15.4 / 269 \\
                 Ex. 15.11 Cauchy principal value / 270 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 15 / 271 \\
                 16 Conformal Mapping / 273 \\
                 Ex. 16.1 Plotting images of straight lines under w = z2
                 / 273 \\
                 Conformal mapping / 274 \\
                 Mapping w = l/z / 276 \\
                 Mapping of the unit disk onto the unit disk / 277 \\
                 Linear fractional transformation / 278 \\
                 Linear fractional transformation for given points / 278
                 \\
                 Mapping w = l/z / 279 \\
                 Inverse linear fractional transformation / 280 \\
                 Mappings of half-planes onto half-planes / 280 \\
                 Ex. 16.10 Images of several rectangles on common axes /
                 281 \\
                 Ex. 16.11 Joukowski airfoil (Sec. 16.5) / 282 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 16 / 283 \\
                 17 Complex Analysis Applied to Potential Theory / 291
                 \\
                 Ex. 17.1 Finding and plotting equipotential lines / 291
                 \\
                 Ex. 17.2 Plotting equipotential lines and lines of
                 forces. / 293 \\
                 Ex. 17.3 Equipotential lines / 293 \\
                 Ex. 17.4 Equipotential surfaces of In z / 294 \\
                 Ex. 17.5 Noncoaxial cylinders (p. 891) / 295 \\
                 Ex. 17.6 Flow around a cylinder / 296 \\
                 Ex. 17.7 Increase of the density of streamlines / 298
                 \\
                 Ex. 17.8 Plotting equipotential lines by f i e l d p l
                 o t / 298 \\
                 Ex. 17.9 Series representation of potential (Sec. 17.5)
                 / 300 \\
                 Ex. 17.10 Mean value theorem for analytic functions /
                 301 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 17 / 302 \\
                 18 Numerical Methods in General / 305 \\
                 Ex. 18.1 Numerical Errors - Quadratic Equation / 306
                 \\
                 Ex. 18.2 Fixed-point iteration / 307 \\
                 Ex. 18.3 Fixed point iteration / 308 \\
                 Ex. 18.4 Fixed-point iteration (Sec. 18.2) / 309 \\
                 Ex. 18.5 Newton's method. Square root / 310 \\
                 Ex. 18.6 Iteration for a transcendental equation / 311
                 \\
                 Ex. 18.7 Newton's method / 311 \\
                 Ex. 18.8 Secant method / 313 \\
                 Ex. 18.9 Bisection method (AEM, p. 935) / 313 \\
                 Ex. 18.10 Lagrange interpolation (Sec. 18.3) / 314 \\
                 Ex. 18.11 Newton's divided difference interpolation /
                 316 \\
                 Ex. 18.12 Newton's forward difference interpolation /
                 318 \\
                 Ex. 18.13 High-degree interpolation polynomials / 318
                 \\
                 Ex. 18.14 Numerical integration / 319 \\
                 Ex. 18.15 Gauss integration / 320 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 18 / 322 \\
                 Procedures / 325 \\
                 19 Numerical Methods in Linear Algebra / 327 \\
                 Ex. 19.1 Gauss elimination. Pivoting / 327 \\
                 Ex. 19.2 Details of the Gauss elimination / 329 \\
                 Ex. 19.3 Doolittle's method (p. 982) / 332 \\
                 Ex. 19.4 Doolittle LU-factorization / 334 \\
                 Ex. 19.5 Cholesky's method (p. 983) / 334 \\
                 Ex. 19.6 Gauss--Jordan elimination / 336 \\
                 Ex. 19.7 Gauss--Seidel iteration / 337 \\
                 Ex. 19.8 Matrix norms, condition numbers (Sees. 19.3,
                 19.4) / 338 \\
                 Ex. 19.9 Gauss--Seidel iteration. Test for convergence
                 / 339 \\
                 Ex. 19.10 Procedure for the Gauss--Seidel iteration /
                 340 \\
                 Ex. 19.11 Least squares / 341 \\
                 Ex. 19.12 Least squares / 342 \\
                 Ex. 19.13 Example 19.12 revisited: Normal equations /
                 343 \\
                 Ex. 19.14 Least squares: Quadratic polynomial / 344 \\
                 Ex. 19.15 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors / 346 \\
                 Ex. 19.16 Collatz's theorem for eigenvalues / 346 \\
                 Ex. 19.17 Power method for eigenvalues (Sec. 19.8) /
                 348 \\
                 Ex. 19.18 Wielandt's deflation / 350 \\
                 Ex. 19.19 Householder tridiagonalization / 350 \\
                 Ex. 19.20 QR Factorization method / 352 \\
                 Ex. 19.21 Pivoting in Gaussian Elimination / 355 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 19 / 357 \\
                 20 Numerical Methods for Differential Equations / 360
                 \\
                 Ex. 20.1 Two ways of writing a differential equation /
                 360 \\
                 Ex. 20.2 Euler method (p. 1035) / 361 \\
                 Ex. 20.3 Improved Euler method / 362 \\
                 Ex. 20.4 Runge--Kutta method / 364 \\
                 Ex. 20.5 Procedure for the Runge--Kutta method / 365
                 \\
                 Ex. 20.6 Adams--Moulton two-step method / 366 \\
                 Ex. 20.7 Adams--Moulton two-step method, with built-in
                 Runge--Kutta / 367 \\
                 Ex. 20.8 Second order differential equations, simplest
                 method / 368 \\
                 Ex. 20.9 Runge--Kutta--Nystr{\"o}m method / 370 \\
                 Ex. 20.10 Laplace equation in Example 1, p. 1059 / 372
                 \\
                 Ex. 20.11 Program for the Laplace equation. Band
                 matrices / 373 \\
                 Ex. 20.12 Laplace equation: Refinement of grids / 375
                 \\
                 Ex. 20.13 Laplace equation: Procedure / 376 \\
                 Ex. 20.14 Poisson Equation: Mixed Boundary Values / 377
                 \\
                 Ex. 20.15 Parabolic Equations: Crank--Nicolson Method /
                 378 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 20 / 380 \\
                 21 Chapter / 22 \\
                 No examples, no problems. 23 Probability Theory / 385
                 \\
                 Ex. 23.1 Stirling formula / 385 \\
                 Ex. 23.2 Sum of binomial coefficients / 386 \\
                 Ex. 23.3 Plotting distribution functions / 387 \\
                 Ex. 23.4 Plotting distribution function and density /
                 387 \\
                 Ex. 23.5 Distribution function, density, critical value
                 / 387 \\
                 Ex. 23.6 Uniform distribution / 388 \\
                 Ex. 23.7 Binomial distribution / 389 \\
                 Ex. 23.8 Binomial distribution / 389 \\
                 Ex. 23.9 Poisson distribution with a large mean / 391
                 \\
                 Ex. 23.10 Hypergeometric distribution / 391 \\
                 Ex. 23.11 Normal distribution / 391 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 23 / 394 \\
                 24 Mathematical Statistics / 396 \\
                 Ex. 24.1 Random numbers / 397 \\
                 Ex. 24.2 Random numbers. Sample means / 398 \\
                 Ex. 24.3 Frequency polygon / 400 \\
                 Ex. 24.4, Sample mean, variance, and standard deviation
                 / 400 \\
                 Ex. 24.5 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal
                 distribution with known variance / 401 \\
                 Ex. 24.6 Confidence interval for the mean of the normal
                 distribution with unknown variance, $t$-distribution /
                 402 \\
                 Ex. 24.7 Confidence interval for the variance of the
                 normal distribution / 402 \\
                 Ex. 24.8 Test for the mean / 403 \\
                 Ex. 24.9 Power function for different sample sizes. OC
                 curves / 403 \\
                 Ex. 24.10 Tests for the mean of the normal distribution
                 with known variance / 404 \\
                 Ex. 24.11 $t$-test for the mean of the normal
                 distribution with unknown variance / 405 \\
                 Ex. 24.12 Test for the variance of the normal
                 distribution / 405 \\
                 Ex. 24.13 Comparison of means by independent samples /
                 406 \\
                 Ex. 24.14 Comparison of variances of normal
                 distributions / 406 \\
                 Ex. 24.15 Acceptance sampling / 407 \\
                 Ex. 24.16 Linear regression / 408 \\
                 Ex. 24.17 Nonlinear regression / 409 \\
                 Problems for Chapter 24 / 411 \\
                 Appendix 1 References / A1 \\
                 Appendix 2 Solutions to Odd-Numbered Problems / A2 \\
                 Index of Maple Commands and Keywords / J1 Index of
                 Maple Commands Arranged by Chapters / J11",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Krieger:1990:IT
author: Jost Krieger and Norbert Schwarz
title: Introduction to TeX
publisher: pub-AWE
address: pub-AWE:adr
pages: 278
year: 1990
ISBN: 0-201-51141-X OR 020151141X
ISBN13: 978-0-201-51141-3 OR 9780201511413
LCCN: Z253.4.T47 K75 1990
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jost Krieger and Norbert Schwarz
rawtitle: Introduction to {\TeX}
entry:
@Book{Krieger:1990:IT,
  author =       "Jost Krieger and Norbert Schwarz",
  title =        "Introduction to {\TeX}",
  publisher =    pub-AWE,
  address =      pub-AWE:adr,
  pages =        "278",
  year =         "1990",
  ISBN =         "0-201-51141-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-51141-3",
  LCCN =         "Z253.4.T47 K75 1990",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "English translation of \cite{Schwarz:1988:ET}. See
                 also the Dutch translation, \cite{Schwarz:1990:IT}.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Krol:1993:WIU
author: Ed Krol
title: The Whole Internet: User's Guide and Catalog
publisher: pub-ORA
address: pub-ORA:adr
pages: xxiv + 376
year: 1993
ISBN: 1-56592-025-2 OR 1565920252
ISBN13: 978-1-56592-025-5 OR 9781565920255
LCCN: TK5105.875.I57 K86 1992
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:48 1993
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:48 ???
series: Nutshell handbook
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ed Krol
rawtitle: The Whole {Internet}: User's Guide and Catalog
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/internet.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib

TOC:
What is this book about What is the internet How the internet works What's allowed on the internet Remote login Moving files: FTP Electronic mail Network news Finding software Finding someone Tunneling through the internet: gopher Searching indexed databases: WAIS Hypertext spanning the internet: WWW Other applications Dealing with problems Resources on the internet

rawTOC:
What is this book about \\ What is the internet \\ How the internet works \\ What's allowed on the internet \\ Remote login \\ Moving files: FTP \\ Electronic mail \\ Network news \\ Finding software \\ Finding someone \\ Tunneling through the internet: gopher \\ Searching indexed databases: WAIS \\ Hypertext spanning the internet: WWW \\ Other applications \\ Dealing with problems \\ Resources on the internet

entry:
@Book{Krol:1993:WIU,
  author =       "Ed Krol",
  title =        "The Whole {Internet}: User's Guide and Catalog",
  publisher =    pub-ORA,
  address =      pub-ORA:adr,
  pages =        "xxiv + 376",
  year =         "1993",
  ISBN =         "1-56592-025-2",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-56592-025-5",
  LCCN =         "TK5105.875.I57 K86 1992",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:48 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/internet.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ora.bib",
  price =        "US\$24.95",
  series =       "Nutshell handbook",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "What is this book about \\
                 What is the internet \\
                 How the internet works \\
                 What's allowed on the internet \\
                 Remote login \\
                 Moving files: FTP \\
                 Electronic mail \\
                 Network news \\
                 Finding software \\
                 Finding someone \\
                 Tunneling through the internet: gopher \\
                 Searching indexed databases: WAIS \\
                 Hypertext spanning the internet: WWW \\
                 Other applications \\
                 Dealing with problems \\
                 Resources on the internet",
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Krommes:fortran-web
author: John Krommes
title: FWEB (Krommes) vs. FWEB (Avenarius and Oppermann)
journal: j-TEXHAX
volume: 90
number: 19
pages: xxiv + 376
month: feb
monthnumber: 2
year: 1990
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: John Krommes
rawtitle: {\FWEB} ({Krommes}) vs. {\FWEB} ({Avenarius} and {Oppermann})
entry:
@Article{Krommes:fortran-web,
  author =       "John Krommes",
  title =        "{\FWEB} ({Krommes}) vs. {\FWEB} ({Avenarius} and
                 {Oppermann})",
  journal =      j-TEXHAX,
  volume =       "90",
  number =       "19",
  month =        feb,
  year =         "1990",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kronrod:1965:NWQ
author: Aleksandr Semenovich Kronrod
title: Nodes and weights of quadrature formulas: sixteen-place tables
publisher: Consultants Bureau
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: vii + 143
year: 1965
LCCN: QA310 .K7613
bibdate: Sat Dec 24 16:43:03 MST 2005
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.24 16:43:03 MST
subject: Integrals
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Aleksandr Semenovich Kronrod
rawtitle: Nodes and weights of quadrature formulas: sixteen-place tables
entry:
@Book{Kronrod:1965:NWQ,
  author =       "Aleksandr Semenovich Kronrod",
  title =        "Nodes and weights of quadrature formulas:
                 sixteen-place tables",
  publisher =    "Consultants Bureau",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "vii + 143",
  year =         "1965",
  LCCN =         "QA310 .K7613",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 16:43:03 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  subject =      "Integrals",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kronsjo:1985:CCS
author: L. Kronsjo
title: Computational Complexity of Sequential and Parallel Algorithms
publisher: pub-WILEY-INTERSCIENCE
address: pub-WILEY-INTERSCIENCE:adr
pages: x + 224
year: 1985
ISBN: 0-471-90814-2 OR 0471908142
ISBN13: 978-0-471-90814-2 OR 9780471908142
LCCN: QA76.6 .K7631 1985
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:49 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:49 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: L. Kronsj{\"o}
rawtitle: Computational Complexity of Sequential and Parallel Algorithms
entry:
@Book{Kronsjo:1985:CCS,
  author =       "L. Kronsj{\"o}",
  title =        "Computational Complexity of Sequential and Parallel
                 Algorithms",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY-INTERSCIENCE,
  address =      pub-WILEY-INTERSCIENCE:adr,
  pages =        "x + 224",
  year =         "1985",
  ISBN =         "0-471-90814-2",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-471-90814-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.6 .K7631 1985",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:49 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$50.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kruglinski:1994:IVC
author: David J. Kruglinski
title: Inside Visual C++: Version 1.5
publisher: pub-MICROSOFT
address: pub-MICROSOFT:adr
edition: Second
pages: xxx + 732
year: 1994
ISBN: 1-55616-661-8 OR 1556166618
ISBN13: 978-1-55616-661-7 OR 9781556166617
LCCN: QA76.73.C153K78 1994
bibdate: Mon Sep 21 17:23:45 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.09.21 17:23:45 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: David J. Kruglinski
rawtitle: Inside {Visual C++}: Version 1.5
entry:
@Book{Kruglinski:1994:IVC,
  author =       "David J. Kruglinski",
  title =        "Inside {Visual C++}: Version 1.5",
  publisher =    pub-MICROSOFT,
  address =      pub-MICROSOFT:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "xxx + 732",
  year =         "1994",
  ISBN =         "1-55616-661-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55616-661-7",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.C153K78 1994",
  bibdate =      "Mon Sep 21 17:23:45 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kruse:1984:DSP
author: Robert L. Kruse
title: Data Structures and Program Design
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xxi + 486
year: 1984
ISBN: 0-13-196253-1 OR 0131962531
ISBN13: 978-0-13-196253-8 OR 9780131962538
LCCN: QA76.6 .K77 1984
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:49 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:49 ???
series: Prentice-Hall Software Series, Editor: Brian W. Kernighan
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Robert L. Kruse
rawtitle: Data Structures and Program Design
TOC:
Programming principles Lists Information retrieval Sorting Binary trees Case study: an index writer Recursion Case study: the polish notation Further topics on trees Mathematical methods Removal of recursion Pascal notes

rawTOC:
Programming principles \\ Lists \\ Information retrieval \\ Sorting \\ Binary trees \\ Case study: an index writer \\ Recursion \\ Case study: the polish notation \\ Further topics on trees \\ Mathematical methods \\ Removal of recursion \\ Pascal notes

entry:
@Book{Kruse:1984:DSP,
  author =       "Robert L. Kruse",
  title =        "Data Structures and Program Design",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xxi + 486",
  year =         "1984",
  ISBN =         "0-13-196253-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-196253-8",
  LCCN =         "QA76.6 .K77 1984",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:49 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$28.95",
  series =       "Prentice-Hall Software Series, Editor: Brian W.
                 Kernighan",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Programming principles \\
                 Lists \\
                 Information retrieval \\
                 Sorting \\
                 Binary trees \\
                 Case study: an index writer \\
                 Recursion \\
                 Case study: the polish notation \\
                 Further topics on trees \\
                 Mathematical methods \\
                 Removal of recursion \\
                 Pascal notes",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kumar:2010:QEB
author: Manjit Kumar
title: Quantum: Einstein, Bohr and the great debate about the nature of reality
publisher: pub-NORTON
address: pub-NORTON:adr
pages: xvi + 448 + 16
year: 2010
ISBN: 0-393-07829-9 (hardcover) OR 0393078299 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-393-07829-9 (hardcover) OR 9780393078299 (hardcover)
LCCN: QC173.98 .K86 2010; QC173.98.K86
bibdate: Wed Jul 28 08:34:27 MDT 2010
bibtimestamp: 2010.07.28 08:34:27 MDT
subject: Einstein, Albert; Bohr, Niels; Quantum theory; History; Popular works; Physicists
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
subjectdates: Albert Einstein (1879--1955); Niels Bohr (1885--1962)
rawauthor: Manjit Kumar
rawtitle: Quantum: {Einstein}, {Bohr} and the great debate about the nature of reality
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; library.mit.edu:9909/mit01

abstract:
Describes the conflict between Einstein and Bohr over the nature of reality and the soul of science as the author discusses quantum theory -- ``an idea that ignited the greatest intellectual debate of the twentieth century.''.

TOC:
The quantum. The reluctant revolutionary The patent slave The golden Dane The quantum atom When Einstein met Bohr The prince of duality Boy physics. Spin doctors The quantum magician ``A late erotic outburst'' Uncertainty in Copenhagen Titans clash over reality. Solvay 1927 Einstein forgets relativity Quantum reality Does God play dice? For whom Bell's theorem tolls The quantum demon Timeline Glossary

rawabstract:
Describes the conflict between Einstein and Bohr over the nature of reality and the soul of science as the author discusses quantum theory -- ``an idea that ignited the greatest intellectual debate of the twentieth century.''.

rawTOC:
The quantum. The reluctant revolutionary \\ The patent slave \\ The golden Dane \\ The quantum atom \\ When Einstein met Bohr \\ The prince of duality \\ Boy physics. Spin doctors \\ The quantum magician \\ ``A late erotic outburst'' \\ Uncertainty in Copenhagen \\ Titans clash over reality. Solvay 1927 \\ Einstein forgets relativity \\ Quantum reality \\ Does God play dice? For whom Bell's theorem tolls \\ The quantum demon \\ Timeline \\ Glossary

entry:
@Book{Kumar:2010:QEB,
  author =       "Manjit Kumar",
  title =        "Quantum: {Einstein}, {Bohr} and the great debate about
                 the nature of reality",
  publisher =    pub-NORTON,
  address =      pub-NORTON:adr,
  pages =        "xvi + 448 + 16",
  year =         "2010",
  ISBN =         "0-393-07829-9 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-393-07829-9 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "QC173.98 .K86 2010; QC173.98.K86",
  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 28 08:34:27 MDT 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 library.mit.edu:9909/mit01",
  abstract =     "Describes the conflict between Einstein and Bohr over
                 the nature of reality and the soul of science as the
                 author discusses quantum theory -- ``an idea that
                 ignited the greatest intellectual debate of the
                 twentieth century.''.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Einstein, Albert; Bohr, Niels; Quantum theory;
                 History; Popular works; Physicists",
  subject-dates = "Albert Einstein (1879--1955); Niels Bohr
                 (1885--1962)",
  tableofcontents = "The quantum. The reluctant revolutionary \\
                 The patent slave \\
                 The golden Dane \\
                 The quantum atom \\
                 When Einstein met Bohr \\
                 The prince of duality \\
                 Boy physics. Spin doctors \\
                 The quantum magician \\
                 ``A late erotic outburst'' \\
                 Uncertainty in Copenhagen \\
                 Titans clash over reality. Solvay 1927 \\
                 Einstein forgets relativity \\
                 Quantum reality \\
                 Does God play dice? For whom Bell's theorem tolls \\
                 The quantum demon \\
                 Timeline \\
                 Glossary",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kunii:1983:CGT
editor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
title: Computer Graphics: Theory and Applications
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: ix + 530
year: 1983
ISBN: 0-387-70001-3 OR 0387700013
ISBN13: 978-0-387-70001-4 OR 9780387700014
LCCN: T385 .I49 1983
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:51 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:51 ???
note: Proceedings of Intergraphics '83.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
rawnote: Proceedings of Intergraphics '83.
rawtitle: Computer Graphics: Theory and Applications
entry:
@Book{Kunii:1983:CGT,
  editor =       "Tosiyasu L. Kunii",
  title =        "Computer Graphics: Theory and Applications",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 530",
  year =         "1983",
  ISBN =         "0-387-70001-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-70001-4",
  LCCN =         "T385 .I49 1983",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:51 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Proceedings of Intergraphics '83.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kunii:1985:CGV
editor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
title: Computer Graphics: Visual Technology and Art
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: ix + 382
year: 1985
ISBN: 0-387-70009-9, 3-540-70009-9, 4-431-70009-9 OR 0387700099, 3540700099, 4431700099
LCCN: T385.C5995 1985
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:51 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:51 ???
note: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '85.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
rawnote: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '85.
rawtitle: Computer Graphics: Visual Technology and Art
ISBN13:
978-0-387-70009-0, 978-3-540-70009-8, 978-4-431-70009-8 OR 9780387700090, 9783540700098, 9784431700098

entry:
@Book{Kunii:1985:CGV,
  editor =       "Tosiyasu L. Kunii",
  title =        "Computer Graphics: Visual Technology and Art",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 382",
  year =         "1985",
  ISBN =         "0-387-70009-9, 3-540-70009-9, 4-431-70009-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-70009-0, 978-3-540-70009-8,
                 978-4-431-70009-8",
  LCCN =         "T385.C5995 1985",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:51 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '85.",
  price =        "US\$45.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kunii:1985:FCG
editor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
title: Frontiers in Computer Graphics
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: ix + 443
year: 1985
ISBN: 0-387-70004-8, 3-540-70004-8, 4-431-70004-8 OR 0387700048, 3540700048, 4431700048
LCCN: T385 .C593 1984
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:54 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:54 ???
note: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '84.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
rawnote: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '84.
rawtitle: Frontiers in Computer Graphics
ISBN13:
978-0-387-70004-5, 978-3-540-70004-3, 978-4-431-70004-3 OR 9780387700045, 9783540700043, 9784431700043

entry:
@Book{Kunii:1985:FCG,
  editor =       "Tosiyasu L. Kunii",
  title =        "Frontiers in Computer Graphics",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 443",
  year =         "1985",
  ISBN =         "0-387-70004-8, 3-540-70004-8, 4-431-70004-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-70004-5, 978-3-540-70004-3,
                 978-4-431-70004-3",
  LCCN =         "T385 .C593 1984",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:54 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '84.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kunii:1986:ACG
editor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
title: Advanced Computer Graphics
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: ix + 504
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-387-70011-0 OR 0387700110
ISBN13: 978-0-387-70011-3 OR 9780387700113
LCCN: T385 .C5931 1986
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:37:50 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:37:50 ???
note: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '86.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: Tosiyasu L. Kunii
rawnote: Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '86.
rawtitle: Advanced Computer Graphics
TOC:
1 Computational Geometry Localized Surface Interpolation Method for Irregular Meshes Environment for Fast Elaboration of Constructive Solid Geometry Interactive Solid Modeling in HutDesign Polygonal Subdivision of Parametric Surfaces Algorithms for Automatic Mould Division Design Geometry in Prolog On the Boundary of Digital Straight Line Segments 2 Rendering Soft Objects The Simulation of Natural Features Using Cone Tracing Shadows for Bump-Mapped Surfaces 3 Visual Interface and Languages Interaction with IBS: An Icon-Based System GEO: Graphics System with Editable Objects A Pixelated Design Medium A New Graphics User Interface for Accessing a Database 4 Visual Data Bases Solid Modeler with Assembly Representation Tables Visual Business Graphics Query Interface The Geo-Graph Simulation System: Towards Dynamic Use of a Geomatic Data Base 5 Computer Animation Integrating Key-Frame Animation and Algorithmic Animation of Articulated Bodies Molecular Shape Embedding in a Grid Stage: Modelling and Animation 6 Graphics Software/Hardware Architecture Dynamic Display of Heart Potential Images with Parallel Processing The Single Array Approach to Engineering and Maintenance of CAD Software The Integration of Computer Graphics and Image Processing Techniques for the Display and Manipulation of Geophysical Data Applications of the $4 times 4$ Determinant Method and the Triangle Processor to Various Interference Problems 7 Mechanical and General Purpose CAD/CAM On Design of a Robot with Three Legs by Computer Graphics High Performance CAD System with Full Automatic Dimensioning and Multi-Modeling Features Based on Engineering Workstation VIRGO: A Computer-Aided Apparel Pattern-Making System 8 VLSI CAD/CAM Efficient Algorithms for Validating VLSI Design Database Format-Independent CAD Software for VLSI Mask Data Preparation NISC: Non-Iterative Silicon Compiler 9 Marketing and Business/Technical Trends Computer Animation around the World: A Marketing Oriented Overview of Industry Development and Direction Business Computer Graphics: Usage and Effectiveness Computer Graphics for Office Automation: A Case Study The Influence of CADD of Teaching Traditional Descriptive Geometry and Orthographic Projection Trends in Microcomputer-Based CAD in the USA Author Index Keywords Index

rawTOC:
1 Computational Geometry \\ Localized Surface Interpolation Method for Irregular Meshes \\ Environment for Fast Elaboration of Constructive Solid Geometry \\ Interactive Solid Modeling in HutDesign \\ Polygonal Subdivision of Parametric Surfaces \\ Algorithms for Automatic Mould Division Design \\ Geometry in Prolog \\ On the Boundary of Digital Straight Line Segments \\ 2 Rendering \\ Soft Objects \\ The Simulation of Natural Features Using Cone Tracing \\ Shadows for Bump-Mapped Surfaces \\ 3 Visual Interface and Languages \\ Interaction with IBS: An Icon-Based System \\ GEO: Graphics System with Editable Objects \\ A Pixelated Design Medium \\ A New Graphics User Interface for Accessing a Database \\ 4 Visual Data Bases \\ Solid Modeler with Assembly Representation Tables \\ Visual Business Graphics Query Interface \\ The Geo-Graph Simulation System: Towards Dynamic Use of a Geomatic Data Base \\ 5 Computer Animation \\ Integrating Key-Frame Animation and Algorithmic Animation of Articulated Bodies \\ Molecular Shape Embedding in a Grid Stage: Modelling and Animation \\ 6 Graphics Software/Hardware Architecture \\ Dynamic Display of Heart Potential Images with Parallel Processing \\ The Single Array Approach to Engineering and Maintenance of CAD Software \\ The Integration of Computer Graphics and Image Processing Techniques for the Display and Manipulation of Geophysical Data \\ Applications of the $4 \times 4$ Determinant Method and the Triangle Processor to Various Interference Problems \\ 7 Mechanical and General Purpose CAD/CAM \\ On Design of a Robot with Three Legs by Computer Graphics \\ High Performance CAD System with Full Automatic Dimensioning and Multi-Modeling Features Based on Engineering Workstation \\ VIRGO: A Computer-Aided Apparel Pattern-Making System \\ 8 VLSI CAD/CAM \\ Efficient Algorithms for Validating VLSI Design Database \\ Format-Independent CAD Software for VLSI Mask Data Preparation \\ NISC: Non-Iterative Silicon Compiler \\ 9 Marketing and Business/Technical Trends \\ Computer Animation around the World: A Marketing Oriented Overview of Industry Development and Direction \\ Business Computer Graphics: Usage and Effectiveness \\ Computer Graphics for Office Automation: A Case Study \\ The Influence of CADD of Teaching Traditional Descriptive Geometry and Orthographic Projection \\ Trends in Microcomputer-Based CAD in the USA \\ Author Index \\ Keywords Index

entry:
@Book{Kunii:1986:ACG,
  editor =       "Tosiyasu L. Kunii",
  title =        "Advanced Computer Graphics",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 504",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-387-70011-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-70011-3",
  LCCN =         "T385 .C5931 1986",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:37:50 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Proceedings of Computer Graphics Tokyo '86.",
  price =        "US\$45.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "1 Computational Geometry \\
                 Localized Surface Interpolation Method for Irregular
                 Meshes \\
                 Environment for Fast Elaboration of Constructive Solid
                 Geometry \\
                 Interactive Solid Modeling in HutDesign \\
                 Polygonal Subdivision of Parametric Surfaces \\
                 Algorithms for Automatic Mould Division Design \\
                 Geometry in Prolog \\
                 On the Boundary of Digital Straight Line Segments \\
                 2 Rendering \\
                 Soft Objects \\
                 The Simulation of Natural Features Using Cone Tracing
                 \\
                 Shadows for Bump-Mapped Surfaces \\
                 3 Visual Interface and Languages \\
                 Interaction with IBS: An Icon-Based System \\
                 GEO: Graphics System with Editable Objects \\
                 A Pixelated Design Medium \\
                 A New Graphics User Interface for Accessing a Database
                 \\
                 4 Visual Data Bases \\
                 Solid Modeler with Assembly Representation Tables \\
                 Visual Business Graphics Query Interface \\
                 The Geo-Graph Simulation System: Towards Dynamic Use of
                 a Geomatic Data Base \\
                 5 Computer Animation \\
                 Integrating Key-Frame Animation and Algorithmic
                 Animation of Articulated Bodies \\
                 Molecular Shape Embedding in a Grid Stage: Modelling
                 and Animation \\
                 6 Graphics Software/Hardware Architecture \\
                 Dynamic Display of Heart Potential Images with Parallel
                 Processing \\
                 The Single Array Approach to Engineering and
                 Maintenance of CAD Software \\
                 The Integration of Computer Graphics and Image
                 Processing Techniques for the Display and Manipulation
                 of Geophysical Data \\
                 Applications of the $4 \times 4$ Determinant Method and
                 the Triangle Processor to Various Interference Problems
                 \\
                 7 Mechanical and General Purpose CAD/CAM \\
                 On Design of a Robot with Three Legs by Computer
                 Graphics \\
                 High Performance CAD System with Full Automatic
                 Dimensioning and Multi-Modeling Features Based on
                 Engineering Workstation \\
                 VIRGO: A Computer-Aided Apparel Pattern-Making System
                 \\
                 8 VLSI CAD/CAM \\
                 Efficient Algorithms for Validating VLSI Design
                 Database \\
                 Format-Independent CAD Software for VLSI Mask Data
                 Preparation \\
                 NISC: Non-Iterative Silicon Compiler \\
                 9 Marketing and Business/Technical Trends \\
                 Computer Animation around the World: A Marketing
                 Oriented Overview of Industry Development and Direction
                 \\
                 Business Computer Graphics: Usage and Effectiveness \\
                 Computer Graphics for Office Automation: A Case Study
                 \\
                 The Influence of CADD of Teaching Traditional
                 Descriptive Geometry and Orthographic Projection \\
                 Trends in Microcomputer-Based CAD in the USA \\
                 Author Index \\
                 Keywords Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kuran:2006:HPA
author: Peter Kuran
title: How to Photograph an Atomic Bomb
publisher: VCE
address: Santa Clarita, CA, USA
pages: 141
year: 2006
ISBN: 1-889054-19-4 (paperback), 1-889054-11-9 OR 1889054194 (paperback), 1889054119
ISBN13: 978-1-889054-19-3 (paperback), 978-1-889054-11-7 OR 9781889054193 (paperback), 9781889054117
LCCN: UG476 .K87 2006
bibdate: Mon Oct 10 11:50:38 MDT 2011
bibtimestamp: 2011.10.10 11:50:38 MDT
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Peter Kuran
rawtitle: How to Photograph an Atomic Bomb
subject:
Military cinematography; Photography, Military; Photography; Scientific applications; Atomic bomb; United States; Testing; History; Nuclear weapons; Hydrogen bomb

TOC:
Introduction History of Atomic Bomb Photography After the War Operation Crossroads Lookout Mountain Studios EG and G Technical Difficulties of Atomic Bomb Photography Photo Gallery Structural Effects Tests High Altitude Tests Nuclear Testing Timeline

rawTOC:
Introduction \\ History of Atomic Bomb Photography \\ After the War \\ Operation Crossroads \\ Lookout Mountain Studios \\ EG and G \\ Technical Difficulties of Atomic Bomb Photography \\ Photo Gallery \\ Structural Effects Tests \\ High Altitude Tests \\ Nuclear Testing Timeline

entry:
@Book{Kuran:2006:HPA,
  author =       "Peter Kuran",
  title =        "How to Photograph an Atomic Bomb",
  publisher =    "VCE",
  address =      "Santa Clarita, CA, USA",
  pages =        "141",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "1-889054-19-4 (paperback), 1-889054-11-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-889054-19-3 (paperback), 978-1-889054-11-7",
  LCCN =         "UG476 .K87 2006",
  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 10 11:50:38 MDT 2011",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$24.95",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Military cinematography; Photography, Military;
                 Photography; Scientific applications; Atomic bomb;
                 United States; Testing; History; Nuclear weapons;
                 Hydrogen bomb",
  tableofcontents = "Introduction \\
                 History of Atomic Bomb Photography \\
                 After the War \\
                 Operation Crossroads \\
                 Lookout Mountain Studios \\
                 EG and G \\
                 Technical Difficulties of Atomic Bomb Photography \\
                 Photo Gallery \\
                 Structural Effects Tests \\
                 High Altitude Tests \\
                 Nuclear Testing Timeline",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurani:1994:AUP
author: Bharat Kurani
title: Applied Unix programming
volume: 2
publisher: pub-PHPTR
address: pub-PHPTR:adr
pages: xviii + 1250
year: 1994
ISBN: 0-13-304338-X (vol. 1), 0-13-304346-0 (vol. 2) OR 013304338X (vol. 1), 0133043460 (vol. 2)
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 K86 1994
bibdate: Thu Sep 19 09:23:41 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2002.09.19 09:23:41 ???
note: Two volumes.
keywords: X/Open
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Bharat Kurani
rawnote: Two volumes.
rawtitle: Applied {Unix} programming
ISBN13:
978-0-13-304338-9 (vol. 1), 978-0-13-304346-4 (vol. 2) OR 9780133043389 (vol. 1), 9780133043464 (vol. 2)

TOC:
Open Systems The UNIX Model and Terminology Software Design and Testing Internationalization The C Language The C++ Language

rawTOC:
Open Systems \\ The UNIX Model and Terminology \\ Software Design and Testing \\ Internationalization \\ The C Language \\ The C++ Language

entry:
@Book{Kurani:1994:AUP,
  author =       "Bharat Kurani",
  title =        "Applied {Unix} programming",
  volume =       "2",
  publisher =    pub-PHPTR,
  address =      pub-PHPTR:adr,
  pages =        "xviii + 1250",
  year =         "1994",
  ISBN =         "0-13-304338-X (vol. 1), 0-13-304346-0 (vol. 2)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-304338-9 (vol. 1), 978-0-13-304346-4 (vol.
                 2)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 K86 1994",
  bibdate =      "Thu Sep 19 09:23:41 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Two volumes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  keywords =     "X/Open",
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "Open Systems \\
                 The UNIX Model and Terminology \\
                 Software Design and Testing \\
                 Internationalization \\
                 The C Language \\
                 The C++ Language",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurlansky:1998:CBF
author: Mark Kurlansky
title: Cod: a biography of the fish that changed the world
publisher: pub-PENGUIN
address: pub-PENGUIN:adr
pages: viii + 294
year: 1998
LCCN: SH351.C5 K87 1998
bibdate: Sat Dec 23 09:16:57 MST 2017
bibsource: fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2017.12.23 09:16:57 MST
subject: Cod fisheries; History; Cooking (Codfish); Cod fisheries; Cooking (Codfish)
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Mark Kurlansky
rawtitle: Cod: a biography of the fish that changed the world
ISBN:
0-8027-1326-2 (hardcover), 0-14-027501-0 (paperback), 1-4406-7287-3 (e-book) OR 0802713262 (hardcover), 0140275010 (paperback), 1440672873 (ebook)

ISBN13:
978-0-8027-1326-1 (hardcover), 978-0-14-027501-8 (paperback), 978-1-4406-7287-3 (e-book) OR 9780802713261 (hardcover), 9780140275018 (paperback), 9781440672873 (ebook)

abstract:
booktitle Cod spans a thousand years and four continents. From the Vikings, who pursued the codfish across the Atlantic, and the enigmatic Basques, who first commercialized it in medieval times, to Bartholomew Gosnold, who named Cape Cod in 1602, and Clarence Birdseye, who founded an industry on frozen cod in the 1930s, Mark Kurlansky introduces the explorers, merchants, writers, chefs, and of course the fishermen, whose lives have interwoven with this prolific fish. He chronicles the fifteenth-century politics of the Hanseatic League and the cod wars of the sixteenth and twentieth centuries. He embellishes his story with gastronomic detail, blending in recipes and lore from the Middle Ages to the present. And he brings to life the cod itself: its personality, habits, extended family, and ultimately the tragedy of how the most profitable fish in history is today faced with extinction. From fishing ports in New England and Newfoundland to coastal skiffs, schooners, and factory ships across the Atlantic; from Iceland and Scandinavia to the coasts of England, Brazil, and West Africa, Mark Kurlansky tells a story that brings world history and human passions into captivating focus. The codfish. Wars have been fought over it, revolutions have been spurred by it, national diets have been based on it, economies and livelihoods have depended on it, and the settlement of North America was driven by it. To the millions it has sustained, it has been a treasure more precious than gold. Indeed, the codfish has played a fascinating and crucial role in world history.

TOC:
1: Race to Codlandia 2: With mouth wide open 3: Cod rush 4: 1620: the rock and the cod 5: Certain inalienable rights 6: Cod war heard 'round the world 7: Few new ideas versus nine million eggs 8: Last two ideas 9: Iceland discovers the finite universe 10: Three wars to close the open sea 11: Requiem for the Grand Banks 12: Dangerous waters of nature's resilience 13: Bracing for the Spanish Armada 14: Bracing for the Canadian Armada Cook's tale: six centuries of cod recipes

rawabstract:
{{\booktitle{Cod}}} spans a thousand years and four continents. From the Vikings, who pursued the codfish across the Atlantic, and the enigmatic Basques, who first commercialized it in medieval times, to Bartholomew Gosnold, who named Cape Cod in 1602, and Clarence Birdseye, who founded an industry on frozen cod in the 1930s, Mark Kurlansky introduces the explorers, merchants, writers, chefs, and of course the fishermen, whose lives have interwoven with this prolific fish. He chronicles the fifteenth-century politics of the Hanseatic League and the cod wars of the sixteenth and twentieth centuries. He embellishes his story with gastronomic detail, blending in recipes and lore from the Middle Ages to the present. And he brings to life the cod itself: its personality, habits, extended family, and ultimately the tragedy of how the most profitable fish in history is today faced with extinction. From fishing ports in New England and Newfoundland to coastal skiffs, schooners, and factory ships across the Atlantic; from Iceland and Scandinavia to the coasts of England, Brazil, and West Africa, Mark Kurlansky tells a story that brings world history and human passions into captivating focus. The codfish. Wars have been fought over it, revolutions have been spurred by it, national diets have been based on it, economies and livelihoods have depended on it, and the settlement of North America was driven by it. To the millions it has sustained, it has been a treasure more precious than gold. Indeed, the codfish has played a fascinating and crucial role in world history.

rawTOC:
1: Race to Codlandia \\ 2: With mouth wide open \\ 3: Cod rush \\ 4: 1620: the rock and the cod \\ 5: Certain inalienable rights \\ 6: Cod war heard 'round the world \\ 7: Few new ideas versus nine million eggs \\ 8: Last two ideas \\ 9: Iceland discovers the finite universe \\ 10: Three wars to close the open sea \\ 11: Requiem for the Grand Banks \\ 12: Dangerous waters of nature's resilience \\ 13: Bracing for the Spanish Armada \\ 14: Bracing for the Canadian Armada \\ Cook's tale: six centuries of cod recipes

entry:
@Book{Kurlansky:1998:CBF,
  author =       "Mark Kurlansky",
  title =        "Cod: a biography of the fish that changed the world",
  publisher =    pub-PENGUIN,
  address =      pub-PENGUIN:adr,
  pages =        "viii + 294",
  year =         "1998",
  ISBN =         "0-8027-1326-2 (hardcover), 0-14-027501-0 (paperback),
                 1-4406-7287-3 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8027-1326-1 (hardcover), 978-0-14-027501-8
                 (paperback), 978-1-4406-7287-3 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "SH351.C5 K87 1998",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 23 09:16:57 MST 2017",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "{{\booktitle{Cod}}} spans a thousand years and four
                 continents. From the Vikings, who pursued the codfish
                 across the Atlantic, and the enigmatic Basques, who
                 first commercialized it in medieval times, to
                 Bartholomew Gosnold, who named Cape Cod in 1602, and
                 Clarence Birdseye, who founded an industry on frozen
                 cod in the 1930s, Mark Kurlansky introduces the
                 explorers, merchants, writers, chefs, and of course the
                 fishermen, whose lives have interwoven with this
                 prolific fish. He chronicles the fifteenth-century
                 politics of the Hanseatic League and the cod wars of
                 the sixteenth and twentieth centuries. He embellishes
                 his story with gastronomic detail, blending in recipes
                 and lore from the Middle Ages to the present. And he
                 brings to life the cod itself: its personality, habits,
                 extended family, and ultimately the tragedy of how the
                 most profitable fish in history is today faced with
                 extinction. From fishing ports in New England and
                 Newfoundland to coastal skiffs, schooners, and factory
                 ships across the Atlantic; from Iceland and Scandinavia
                 to the coasts of England, Brazil, and West Africa, Mark
                 Kurlansky tells a story that brings world history and
                 human passions into captivating focus. The codfish.
                 Wars have been fought over it, revolutions have been
                 spurred by it, national diets have been based on it,
                 economies and livelihoods have depended on it, and the
                 settlement of North America was driven by it. To the
                 millions it has sustained, it has been a treasure more
                 precious than gold. Indeed, the codfish has played a
                 fascinating and crucial role in world history.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Cod fisheries; History; Cooking (Codfish); Cod
                 fisheries; Cooking (Codfish)",
  tableofcontents = "1: Race to Codlandia \\
                 2: With mouth wide open \\
                 3: Cod rush \\
                 4: 1620: the rock and the cod \\
                 5: Certain inalienable rights \\
                 6: Cod war heard 'round the world \\
                 7: Few new ideas versus nine million eggs \\
                 8: Last two ideas \\
                 9: Iceland discovers the finite universe \\
                 10: Three wars to close the open sea \\
                 11: Requiem for the Grand Banks \\
                 12: Dangerous waters of nature's resilience \\
                 13: Bracing for the Spanish Armada \\
                 14: Bracing for the Canadian Armada \\
                 Cook's tale: six centuries of cod recipes",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurlansky:1999:BHW
author: Mark Kurlansky
title: The Basque history of the world
publisher: pub-WALKER
address: pub-WALKER:adr
pages: xii + 387
year: 1999
ISBN: 0-8027-1349-1 OR 0802713491
ISBN13: 978-0-8027-1349-0 OR 9780802713490
LCCN: DP302.B46 K87 1999
bibdate: Sat Dec 23 09:12:51 MST 2017
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2017.12.23 09:12:51 MST
subject: Pais Vasco (Spain); Pays Basque (France); Basques
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Mark Kurlansky
rawtitle: The {Basque} history of the world
URL:
http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/toc/99026808.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0601/99026808-b.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0601/99026808-d.html

TOC:
Maps / ix Introduction: The Island and the World / 1 Part One: The Survival of Euskal Herria The Basque Cake / 13 1: The Basque Myth / 18 2: The Basque Problem / 27 3: The Basque Whale / 43 4: The Basque Saint / 65 5: The Basque Billy Goat / 80 6: The Wealth of Non-Nations / 103 Part Two: The Dawn of Euskadi The Basque Onomatopoeia / 129 7: The Basque Beret / 134 8: The Basque Ear / 153 9: Gernika / 177 10: The Potato Time / 206 11: Speaking Christian / 224 12: Eventually Night Falls / 242 Part Three: Euskadi Askatuta Slippery Maketos / 259 13: The Great Opportunity / 267 14: Checks and Balances / 285 15: Surviving Democracy / 308 16: The Nation / 326 Postscript: The Death of a Basque Pig / 352 The Basque Thank You / 360 Bibliography / 362 Index of Proper Nouns / 373

rawTOC:
Maps / ix \\ Introduction: The Island and the World / 1 \\ Part One: The Survival of Euskal Herria \\ The Basque Cake / 13 \\ 1: The Basque Myth / 18 \\ 2: The Basque Problem / 27 \\ 3: The Basque Whale / 43 \\ 4: The Basque Saint / 65 \\ 5: The Basque Billy Goat / 80 \\ 6: The Wealth of Non-Nations / 103 \\ Part Two: The Dawn of Euskadi \\ The Basque Onomatopoeia / 129 \\ 7: The Basque Beret / 134 \\ 8: The Basque Ear / 153 \\ 9: Gernika / 177 \\ 10: The Potato Time / 206 \\ 11: Speaking Christian / 224 \\ 12: Eventually Night Falls / 242 \\ Part Three: Euskadi Askatuta \\ Slippery Maketos / 259 \\ 13: The Great Opportunity / 267 \\ 14: Checks and Balances / 285 \\ 15: Surviving Democracy / 308 \\ 16: The Nation / 326 \\ Postscript: The Death of a Basque Pig / 352 \\ The Basque Thank You / 360 \\ Bibliography / 362 \\ Index of Proper Nouns / 373

entry:
@Book{Kurlansky:1999:BHW,
  author =       "Mark Kurlansky",
  title =        "The {Basque} history of the world",
  publisher =    pub-WALKER,
  address =      pub-WALKER:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 387",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "0-8027-1349-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8027-1349-0",
  LCCN =         "DP302.B46 K87 1999",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 23 09:12:51 MST 2017",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/toc/99026808.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0601/99026808-b.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0601/99026808-d.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Pa\'is Vasco (Spain); Pays Basque (France); Basques",
  tableofcontents = "Maps / ix \\
                 Introduction: The Island and the World / 1 \\
                 Part One: The Survival of Euskal Herria \\
                 The Basque Cake / 13 \\
                 1: The Basque Myth / 18 \\
                 2: The Basque Problem / 27 \\
                 3: The Basque Whale / 43 \\
                 4: The Basque Saint / 65 \\
                 5: The Basque Billy Goat / 80 \\
                 6: The Wealth of Non-Nations / 103 \\
                 Part Two: The Dawn of Euskadi \\
                 The Basque Onomatopoeia / 129 \\
                 7: The Basque Beret / 134 \\
                 8: The Basque Ear / 153 \\
                 9: Gernika / 177 \\
                 10: The Potato Time / 206 \\
                 11: Speaking Christian / 224 \\
                 12: Eventually Night Falls / 242 \\
                 Part Three: Euskadi Askatuta \\
                 Slippery Maketos / 259 \\
                 13: The Great Opportunity / 267 \\
                 14: Checks and Balances / 285 \\
                 15: Surviving Democracy / 308 \\
                 16: The Nation / 326 \\
                 Postscript: The Death of a Basque Pig / 352 \\
                 The Basque Thank You / 360 \\
                 Bibliography / 362 \\
                 Index of Proper Nouns / 373",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurlansky:2003:SWH
author: Mark Kurlansky
title: Salt: a world history
publisher: pub-PENGUIN
address: pub-PENGUIN:adr
pages: x + 484
year: 2003
ISBN: 0-14-200161-9 (paperback) OR 0142001619 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-14-200161-5 (paperback) OR 9780142001615 (paperback)
LCCN: TN900 .K865 2003
bibdate: Sat Jun 17 09:17:49 MDT 2006
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2006.06.17 09:17:49 MDT
subject: Salt; History; Salt industry and trade
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Mark Kurlansky
rawtitle: Salt: a world history
abstract:
Mark Kurlansky, the bestselling author of Cod and The Basque History of the World, here turns his attention to a common household item with a long and intriguing history: salt. The only rock we eat, salt has shaped civilization from the very beginning, and its story is a glittering, often surprising part of the history of humankind. A substance so valuable it served as currency, salt has influenced the establishment of trade routes and cities, provoked and financed wars, secured empires, and inspired revolutions. Populated by colorful characters and filled with an unending series of fascinating details, Kurlansky's kaleidoscopic history is a supremely entertaining, multi-layered masterpiece.

TOC:
A discourse on salt, cadavers, and pungent sources. A mandate of salt Fish, fowl, and pharaohs Saltmen hard as codfish Salt's salad days Salting it away in the Adriatic Two ports and the prosciutto in between The glow of herring and the scent of conquest. Friday's salt A Nordic dream A well-salted hexagon The Hapsburg pickle The leaving of Liverpool American salt wars Salt and independence Liberte, egalite, tax breaks Preserving independence The war between the salts Red salt Sodium's perfect marriage. The odium of sodium The mythology of geology The soil never sets on Salt and the great soul Not looking back The last salt days of Zigong Ma, la, and Mao More salt than fish Big salt, little salt

rawabstract:
Mark Kurlansky, the bestselling author of Cod and The Basque History of the World, here turns his attention to a common household item with a long and intriguing history: salt. The only rock we eat, salt has shaped civilization from the very beginning, and its story is a glittering, often surprising part of the history of humankind. A substance so valuable it served as currency, salt has influenced the establishment of trade routes and cities, provoked and financed wars, secured empires, and inspired revolutions. Populated by colorful characters and filled with an unending series of fascinating details, Kurlansky's kaleidoscopic history is a supremely entertaining, multi-layered masterpiece.

rawTOC:
A discourse on salt, cadavers, and pungent sources. A mandate of salt \\ Fish, fowl, and pharaohs \\ Saltmen hard as codfish \\ Salt's salad days \\ Salting it away in the Adriatic \\ Two ports and the prosciutto in between \\ The glow of herring and the scent of conquest. Friday's salt \\ A Nordic dream \\ A well-salted hexagon \\ The Hapsburg pickle \\ The leaving of Liverpool \\ American salt wars \\ Salt and independence \\ Libert{\'e}, egalit{\'e}, tax breaks \\ Preserving independence \\ The war between the salts \\ Red salt \\ Sodium's perfect marriage. The odium of sodium \\ The mythology of geology \\ The soil never sets on \\ Salt and the great soul \\ Not looking back \\ The last salt days of Zigong \\ Ma, la, and Mao \\ More salt than fish \\ Big salt, little salt

entry:
@Book{Kurlansky:2003:SWH,
  author =       "Mark Kurlansky",
  title =        "Salt: a world history",
  publisher =    pub-PENGUIN,
  address =      pub-PENGUIN:adr,
  pages =        "x + 484",
  year =         "2003",
  ISBN =         "0-14-200161-9 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-14-200161-5 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "TN900 .K865 2003",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jun 17 09:17:49 MDT 2006",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  price =        "US\$16",
  abstract =     "Mark Kurlansky, the bestselling author of Cod and The
                 Basque History of the World, here turns his attention
                 to a common household item with a long and intriguing
                 history: salt. The only rock we eat, salt has shaped
                 civilization from the very beginning, and its story is
                 a glittering, often surprising part of the history of
                 humankind. A substance so valuable it served as
                 currency, salt has influenced the establishment of
                 trade routes and cities, provoked and financed wars,
                 secured empires, and inspired revolutions. Populated by
                 colorful characters and filled with an unending series
                 of fascinating details, Kurlansky's kaleidoscopic
                 history is a supremely entertaining, multi-layered
                 masterpiece.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Salt; History; Salt industry and trade",
  tableofcontents = "A discourse on salt, cadavers, and pungent sources.
                 A mandate of salt \\
                 Fish, fowl, and pharaohs \\
                 Saltmen hard as codfish \\
                 Salt's salad days \\
                 Salting it away in the Adriatic \\
                 Two ports and the prosciutto in between \\
                 The glow of herring and the scent of conquest. Friday's
                 salt \\
                 A Nordic dream \\
                 A well-salted hexagon \\
                 The Hapsburg pickle \\
                 The leaving of Liverpool \\
                 American salt wars \\
                 Salt and independence \\
                 Libert{\'e}, egalit{\'e}, tax breaks \\
                 Preserving independence \\
                 The war between the salts \\
                 Red salt \\
                 Sodium's perfect marriage. The odium of sodium \\
                 The mythology of geology \\
                 The soil never sets on \\
                 Salt and the great soul \\
                 Not looking back \\
                 The last salt days of Zigong \\
                 Ma, la, and Mao \\
                 More salt than fish \\
                 Big salt, little salt",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurlansky:2017:PPT
author: Mark Kurlansky
title: Paper: paging through history
publisher: pub-NORTON
address: pub-NORTON:adr
pages: xx + 389
year: 2017
LCCN: TS1090 .K87 2017
bibdate: Sat Dec 23 09:09:31 MST 2017
bibtimestamp: 2017.12.23 09:09:31 MST
subject: Papermaking; History; Paper industry
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Mark Kurlansky
rawtitle: Paper: paging through history
ISBN:
0-393-23961-6 (hardcover), 0-393-35370-2 (paperback) OR 0393239616 (hardcover), 0393353702 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-393-23961-4 (hardcover), 978-0-393-35370-9 (paperback) OR 9780393239614 (hardcover), 9780393353709 (paperback)

bibsource:
fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib

abstract:
Through tracing paper's evolution, Mark Kurlansky challenges common assumptions about technology's influence, affirming that paper is here to stay. Paper is one of the simplest and most essential pieces of human technology. For the past two millennia, the ability to produce it in ever more efficient ways has supported the proliferation of literacy, media, religion, education, commerce, and art; it has formed the foundation of civilizations, promoting revolutions and restoring stability. One has only to look at history's greatest press run, which produced 6.5 billion copies of Quotations from Chairman Mao (which doesn't include editions in 37 foreign languages and in braille) to appreciate the range and influence of a single publication, in paper. Or take the fact that one of history's most revered artists, Leonardo da Vinci, left behind only 15 paintings but 4,000 works on paper. And though the colonies were at the time calling for a boycott of all British goods, the one exception they made speaks to the essentiality of the material; they penned the Declaration of Independence on British paper. Now, amid discussion of ``going paperless'' --- And as speculation about the effects of a digitally dependent society grows rampant --- we've come to a world-historic juncture. Thousands of years ago, Socrates and Plato warned that written language would be the end of ``true knowledge,'' replacing the need to exercise memory and think through complex questions. Similar arguments were made about the switch from handwritten to printed books, and today about the role of computer technology. By tracing paper's evolution from antiquity to the present, with an emphasis on the contributions made in Asia and the Middle East, Mark Kurlansky challenges common assumptions about technology's influence, affirming that paper is here to stay.

TOC:
Prologue: The technological fallacy Being human The moths that circle a Chinese candle The Islamic birth of literacy And where is Xativa? Europe between two felts Making words soar The art of printing Out from Mainz Tenochtitlan and the blue-eyed devil The trumpet call Rembrandt's discovery The traitorous corruption of England Papering independence Diderot's promise Invitation from a wasp Advantages in the head To die like gentlemen Return to Asia Epilogue: change Appendix: Timeline

rawabstract:
Through tracing paper's evolution, Mark Kurlansky challenges common assumptions about technology's influence, affirming that paper is here to stay. Paper is one of the simplest and most essential pieces of human technology. For the past two millennia, the ability to produce it in ever more efficient ways has supported the proliferation of literacy, media, religion, education, commerce, and art; it has formed the foundation of civilizations, promoting revolutions and restoring stability. One has only to look at history's greatest press run, which produced 6.5 billion copies of Quotations from Chairman Mao (which doesn't include editions in 37 foreign languages and in braille) to appreciate the range and influence of a single publication, in paper. Or take the fact that one of history's most revered artists, Leonardo da Vinci, left behind only 15 paintings but 4,000 works on paper. And though the colonies were at the time calling for a boycott of all British goods, the one exception they made speaks to the essentiality of the material; they penned the Declaration of Independence on British paper. Now, amid discussion of ``going paperless'' --- And as speculation about the effects of a digitally dependent society grows rampant --- we've come to a world-historic juncture. Thousands of years ago, Socrates and Plato warned that written language would be the end of ``true knowledge,'' replacing the need to exercise memory and think through complex questions. Similar arguments were made about the switch from handwritten to printed books, and today about the role of computer technology. By tracing paper's evolution from antiquity to the present, with an emphasis on the contributions made in Asia and the Middle East, Mark Kurlansky challenges common assumptions about technology's influence, affirming that paper is here to stay.

rawTOC:
Prologue: The technological fallacy \\ Being human \\ The moths that circle a Chinese candle \\ The Islamic birth of literacy \\ And where is X{\'a}tiva? \\ Europe between two felts \\ Making words soar \\ The art of printing \\ Out from Mainz \\ Tenochtitl{\'a}n and the blue-eyed devil \\ The trumpet call \\ Rembrandt's discovery \\ The traitorous corruption of England \\ Papering independence \\ Diderot's promise \\ Invitation from a wasp \\ Advantages in the head \\ To die like gentlemen \\ Return to Asia \\ Epilogue: change \\ Appendix: Timeline

entry:
@Book{Kurlansky:2017:PPT,
  author =       "Mark Kurlansky",
  title =        "Paper: paging through history",
  publisher =    pub-NORTON,
  address =      pub-NORTON:adr,
  pages =        "xx + 389",
  year =         "2017",
  ISBN =         "0-393-23961-6 (hardcover), 0-393-35370-2 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-393-23961-4 (hardcover), 978-0-393-35370-9
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "TS1090 .K87 2017",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 23 09:09:31 MST 2017",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  abstract =     "Through tracing paper's evolution, Mark Kurlansky
                 challenges common assumptions about technology's
                 influence, affirming that paper is here to stay. Paper
                 is one of the simplest and most essential pieces of
                 human technology. For the past two millennia, the
                 ability to produce it in ever more efficient ways has
                 supported the proliferation of literacy, media,
                 religion, education, commerce, and art; it has formed
                 the foundation of civilizations, promoting revolutions
                 and restoring stability. One has only to look at
                 history's greatest press run, which produced 6.5
                 billion copies of Quotations from Chairman Mao (which
                 doesn't include editions in 37 foreign languages and in
                 braille) to appreciate the range and influence of a
                 single publication, in paper. Or take the fact that one
                 of history's most revered artists, Leonardo da Vinci,
                 left behind only 15 paintings but 4,000 works on paper.
                 And though the colonies were at the time calling for a
                 boycott of all British goods, the one exception they
                 made speaks to the essentiality of the material; they
                 penned the Declaration of Independence on British
                 paper. Now, amid discussion of ``going paperless'' ---
                 And as speculation about the effects of a digitally
                 dependent society grows rampant --- we've come to a
                 world-historic juncture. Thousands of years ago,
                 Socrates and Plato warned that written language would
                 be the end of ``true knowledge,'' replacing the need to
                 exercise memory and think through complex questions.
                 Similar arguments were made about the switch from
                 handwritten to printed books, and today about the role
                 of computer technology. By tracing paper's evolution
                 from antiquity to the present, with an emphasis on the
                 contributions made in Asia and the Middle East, Mark
                 Kurlansky challenges common assumptions about
                 technology's influence, affirming that paper is here to
                 stay.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Papermaking; History; Paper industry",
  tableofcontents = "Prologue: The technological fallacy \\
                 Being human \\
                 The moths that circle a Chinese candle \\
                 The Islamic birth of literacy \\
                 And where is X{\'a}tiva? \\
                 Europe between two felts \\
                 Making words soar \\
                 The art of printing \\
                 Out from Mainz \\
                 Tenochtitl{\'a}n and the blue-eyed devil \\
                 The trumpet call \\
                 Rembrandt's discovery \\
                 The traitorous corruption of England \\
                 Papering independence \\
                 Diderot's promise \\
                 Invitation from a wasp \\
                 Advantages in the head \\
                 To die like gentlemen \\
                 Return to Asia \\
                 Epilogue: change \\
                 Appendix: Timeline",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kurzweil:2012:HCM
author: Ray Kurzweil
title: How to Create a Mind: the Secret of Human Thought Revealed
publisher: pub-PENGUIN
address: pub-PENGUIN:adr
pages: xi + 336
year: 2012
ISBN: 0-14-312404-8 OR 0143124048
ISBN13: 978-0-14-312404-7 OR 9780143124047
LCCN: QP385 .K87 2013
bibdate: Sat Oct 4 10:11:11 MDT 2014
bibtimestamp: 2014.10.04 10:11:11 MDT
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ray Kurzweil
rawtitle: How to Create a Mind: the Secret of Human Thought Revealed
remark:
Chapter 1 contains a brief, but clear, nonmathematical description of how Albert Einstein arrived at the ideas of length contraction and time dilation from his guiding belief that the velocity of light in vacuo is a constant.

subject:
Brain; Localization of functions; Self-consciousness (Awareness); Artificial intelligence; Artificial intelligence; Localization of functions; Self-consciousness (Awareness)

TOC:
Introduction / 1 1: Thought experiments on the world / 13 2: Thought experiments on thinking / 25 3: A model of the neocortex: the pattern recognition theory of mind / 34 4: The biological neocortex / 75 5: The old brain / 93 6: Transcendent abilities / 109 7: The biologically inspired digital neocortex / 121 8: The mind as computer / 179 9: Thought experiments on the mind / 199 10: The law of accelerating returns applied to the brain / 248 11: Objections / 266 Epilog / 277 Notes / 283 Index / 321

rawTOC:
Introduction / 1 \\ 1: Thought experiments on the world / 13 \\ 2: Thought experiments on thinking / 25 \\ 3: A model of the neocortex: the pattern recognition theory of mind / 34 \\ 4: The biological neocortex / 75 \\ 5: The old brain / 93 \\ 6: Transcendent abilities / 109 \\ 7: The biologically inspired digital neocortex / 121 \\ 8: The mind as computer / 179 \\ 9: Thought experiments on the mind / 199 \\ 10: The law of accelerating returns applied to the brain / 248 \\ 11: Objections / 266 \\ Epilog / 277 \\ Notes / 283 \\ Index / 321

entry:
@Book{Kurzweil:2012:HCM,
  author =       "Ray Kurzweil",
  title =        "How to Create a Mind: the Secret of Human Thought
                 Revealed",
  publisher =    pub-PENGUIN,
  address =      pub-PENGUIN:adr,
  pages =        "xi + 336",
  year =         "2012",
  ISBN =         "0-14-312404-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-14-312404-7",
  LCCN =         "QP385 .K87 2013",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 4 10:11:11 MDT 2014",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  remark =       "Chapter 1 contains a brief, but clear, nonmathematical
                 description of how Albert Einstein arrived at the ideas
                 of length contraction and time dilation from his
                 guiding belief that the velocity of light in vacuo is a
                 constant.",
  subject =      "Brain; Localization of functions; Self-consciousness
                 (Awareness); Artificial intelligence; Artificial
                 intelligence; Localization of functions;
                 Self-consciousness (Awareness)",
  tableofcontents = "Introduction / 1 \\
                 1: Thought experiments on the world / 13 \\
                 2: Thought experiments on thinking / 25 \\
                 3: A model of the neocortex: the pattern recognition
                 theory of mind / 34 \\
                 4: The biological neocortex / 75 \\
                 5: The old brain / 93 \\
                 6: Transcendent abilities / 109 \\
                 7: The biologically inspired digital neocortex / 121
                 \\
                 8: The mind as computer / 179 \\
                 9: Thought experiments on the mind / 199 \\
                 10: The law of accelerating returns applied to the
                 brain / 248 \\
                 11: Objections / 266 \\
                 Epilog / 277 \\
                 Notes / 283 \\
                 Index / 321",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kyker:1976:IMA
title: Instructor's Manual to Accompany em Physics, by Paul A. Tipler
publisher: Worth Publishers, Inc.
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: v + 189
year: 1976
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: Instructor's Manual to Accompany {{\em Physics, by Paul A. Tipler}}
author:
Granvil C. Kyker, Jr. and D. Rae Carpenter, Jr. and Richard B. Minnix and William R. Riley and Stanley Williams

rawauthor:
Granvil C. {Kyker, Jr.} and D. Rae {Carpenter, Jr.} and Richard B. Minnix and William R. Riley and Stanley Williams

entry:
@Book{Kyker:1976:IMA,
  author =       "Granvil C. {Kyker, Jr.} and D. Rae {Carpenter, Jr.}
                 and Richard B. Minnix and William R. Riley and Stanley
                 Williams",
  title =        "Instructor's Manual to Accompany {{\em Physics, by
                 Paul A. Tipler}}",
  publisher =    "Worth Publishers, Inc.",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "v + 189",
  year =         "1976",
  LCCN =         "????",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kyker:1976:SGA
author: Granvil C. Kyker, Jr.
title: Study Guide to Accompany em Physics, by Paul A. Tipler
publisher: Worth Publishers, Inc.
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: x + 345
year: 1976
ISBN: 0-87901-055-X OR 087901055X
ISBN13: 978-0-87901-055-3 OR 9780879010553
LCCN: QC21.2 .T5482
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Granvil C. {Kyker, Jr.}
rawtitle: Study Guide to Accompany {{\em Physics, by Paul A. Tipler}}
entry:
@Book{Kyker:1976:SGA,
  author =       "Granvil C. {Kyker, Jr.}",
  title =        "Study Guide to Accompany {{\em Physics, by Paul A.
                 Tipler}}",
  publisher =    "Worth Publishers, Inc.",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "x + 345",
  year =         "1976",
  ISBN =         "0-87901-055-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-87901-055-3",
  LCCN =         "QC21.2 .T5482",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Kylander:1999:GUM
author: Olof Kylander and Karin Kylander
title: The GIMP User's Manual
publisher: pub-CORIOLIS
address: pub-CORIOLIS:adr
pages: xxiv + 895
year: 1999
ISBN: 1-57610-520-2 (paperback) OR 1576105202 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-1-57610-520-7 (paperback) OR 9781576105207 (paperback)
LCCN: T385 .K866 1999
bibdate: Mon Dec 06 16:18:41 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.12.06 16:18:41 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Olof Kylander and Karin Kylander
rawtitle: The {GIMP} User's Manual
entry:
@Book{Kylander:1999:GUM,
  author =       "Olof Kylander and Karin Kylander",
  title =        "The {GIMP} User's Manual",
  publisher =    pub-CORIOLIS,
  address =      pub-CORIOLIS:adr,
  pages =        "xxiv + 895",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "1-57610-520-2 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-57610-520-7 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "T385 .K866 1999",
  bibdate =      "Mon Dec 06 16:18:41 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$49.99, CAN\$73.99, UK\pounds 34.99",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lafore:1984:ALP
author: Robert Lafore
title: Assembly Language Primer for the IBM PC and XT
publisher: pub-PLUME-WAITE
address: pub-PLUME-WAITE:adr
pages: viii + 501
year: 1984
ISBN: 0-452-25497-3 OR 0452254973
ISBN13: 978-0-452-25497-8 OR 9780452254978
LCCN: QA76.8.I2594 L34 1984
bibdate: Sun May 02 07:51:02 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.05.02 07:51:02 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Robert Lafore
rawtitle: Assembly Language Primer for the {IBM PC} and {XT}
note:
A companion book for cite Morgan:1984:BAR, written for novice assembly-language programmers, with considerable emphasis on the IBM PC. More elementary than cite Bradley:1984:ALP. See cite Scanlon:1984:ALP.

rawnote:
A companion book for \cite{Morgan:1984:BAR}, written for novice assembly-language programmers, with considerable emphasis on the IBM PC. More elementary than \cite{Bradley:1984:ALP}. See \cite{Scanlon:1984:ALP}.

entry:
@Book{Lafore:1984:ALP,
  author =       "Robert Lafore",
  title =        "Assembly Language Primer for the {IBM PC} and {XT}",
  publisher =    pub-PLUME-WAITE,
  address =      pub-PLUME-WAITE:adr,
  pages =        "viii + 501",
  year =         "1984",
  ISBN =         "0-452-25497-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-452-25497-8",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.I2594 L34 1984",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 02 07:51:02 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "A companion book for \cite{Morgan:1984:BAR}, written
                 for novice assembly-language programmers, with
                 considerable emphasis on the IBM PC. More elementary
                 than \cite{Bradley:1984:ALP}. See
                 \cite{Scanlon:1984:ALP}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Laidler:1965:CK
author: Keith J. (Keith James) Laidler
title: Chemical Kinetics
publisher: pub-MCGRAW-HILL
address: pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr
edition: Second
pages: ix + 566
year: 1965
LCCN: QD501 .L3 1965
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Keith J. (Keith James) Laidler
rawtitle: Chemical Kinetics
entry:
@Book{Laidler:1965:CK,
  author =       "Keith J. (Keith James) Laidler",
  title =        "Chemical Kinetics",
  publisher =    pub-MCGRAW-HILL,
  address =      pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "ix + 566",
  year =         "1965",
  LCCN =         "QD501 .L3 1965",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: misc
filename: master.bib
label: LALR:lalr
author: LALR Research
title: LALR 3.0
pages: ix + 566
year: 1987
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:40 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:40 ???
note: P. O. Box 50755, Knoxville, TN 37950.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: LALR
rawauthor: {LALR Research}
rawnote: P. O. Box 50755, Knoxville, TN 37950.
rawtitle: {LALR} 3.0
entry:
@Misc{LALR:lalr,
  author =       "{LALR Research}",
  key =          "LALR",
  title =        "{LALR} 3.0",
  year =         "1987",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:40 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "P. O. Box 50755, Knoxville, TN 37950.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lamport:1986:LDP
author: Leslie Lamport
title: LaTeX : a Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
pages: xiv + 242
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-201-15790-X OR 020115790X
ISBN13: 978-0-201-15790-1 OR 9780201157901
LCCN: Z253.4.L38 L35 1986
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:38:04 1993
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:38:04 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Leslie Lamport
rawtitle: {\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib

abstract:
LaTeX is a special version of Donald Knuth's TeX program for computer typesetting, a program particularly suitable for producing high-quality documents with mathematical text. LaTeX is a collection of high-level commands, called macros, which simplify the use of TeX and make the typesetting relatively easy.

subject:
I.7.2 Computing Methodologies, TEXT PROCESSING, Document Preparation, LaTeX D.2.3 Software, SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, Coding, Pretty printers

TOC:
Preface / xiii 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 1.2 How to Read This Book / 2 1.3 The Game of the Name / 4 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 1.5 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 1.6 Trying It Out / 8 2: Getting Started / 11 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 2.2 The Input / 13 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 Quotation Marks / 13 Dashes / 14 Space After a Period / 14 Special Symbols / 15 Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 Emphasizing Text / 16 Preventing Line Breaks / 18 Footnotes / 19 Formulas / 19 Ignorable Input / 20 2.2.2 The Document / 21 The Document Style / 21 The Title ``Page'' / 22 2.2.3 Sectioning / 22 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 24 Quotations / 26 Lists / 26 Poetry / 27 Displayed Formulas / 28 2.3 Running LaTeX / 28 2.4 Helpful Hints / 32 2.5 Summary / 33 3: Carrying On / 37 3.1 Changing the Type Style / 38 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 39 3.2.1 Accents / 40 3.2.2 Symbols / 40 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 41 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 41 Subscripts and Superscripts / 41 Fractions / 41 Roots / 42 Ellipsis / 42 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 42 Greek Letters / 43 Calligraphic Letters / 43 A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 44 Log-like Functions / 46 3.3.3 Arrays / 47 The array Environment / 47 Vertical Alignment / 47 More Complex Arrays / 48 3.3.4 Delimiters / 48 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 49 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 50 Over- and Underlining / 51 Accents / 51 Stacking Symbols / 52 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 52 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 53 Type Style / 53 Math Style / 54 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 54 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 54 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 55 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 57 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 58 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 59 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 59 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 61 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 62 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 62 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 63 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 65 3.8 Letters / 66 4: Moving Information Around / 69 4.1 The Table of Contents / 70 4.2 Cross-References / 71 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 72 4.3.1 Doing It Yourself / 73 4.3.2 Using BibTeX / 74 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 75 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 77 4.5.1 Producing an Index or Glossary / 77 4.5.2 Compiling the Entries / 78 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 79 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 5.1 Document and Page Styles / 82 5.1.1 Document Styles / 82 5.1.2 Page Styles / 83 5.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 84 5.1.4 Customizing the Document Style / 85 5.2 Line and Page Breaking / 87 5.2.1 Line Breaking / 87 5.2.2 Page Breaking / 90 5.3 Numbering / 91 5.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 93 5.4.1 Length / 93 5.4.2 Spaces / 95 5.4.3 Boxes / 96 LR Boxes / 97 Parboxes / 98 Rule Boxes / 100 Raising and Lowering Boxes / 100 Saving Boxes / 101 5.5 Pictures / 101 5.5.1 The picture Environment / 102 5.5.2 Picture Objects / 103 Text / 104 Boxes / 104 Straight Lines / 105 Arrows / 106 Stacks / 107 Circles / 107 Ovals and Rounded Corners / 108 Framing / 108 5.5.3 Reusing Objects / 109 5.5.4 Repeated Patterns / 109 5.5.5 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 110 5.6 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 5.7 List-Making Environments / 112 5.7.1 The tt list Environment / 112 5.7.2 The tt trivlist Environment / 115 5.8 Fonts / 115 5.8.1 Changing Type Size / 115 5.8.2 Loading Fonts / 116 6: Errors / 117 6.1 Finding the Error / 118 6.2 LaTeX 's Error Messages / 120 6.3 TeX 's Error Messages / 123 6.4 LaTeX Warnings / 128 6.5 TeX Warnings / 129 A: SLiTeX / 131 A.l How SLiTeX makes Colors / 132 A.2 The Root File / 133 A.3 The Slide File / 134 A.3.1 Slides / 134 A.3.2 Overlays / 136 A.3.3 Notes / 137 A.3.4 Page Styles for Slides / 137 A.4 Making Only Some Slides / 138 B: The Bibliography Database / 139 B.1 The Format of the tt bib File / 140 B.1.1 The Entry Format / 140 B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 141 Names / 141 Titles / 142 B.1.3 Abbreviations / 143 B.2 The Entries / 144 B.2.1 Entry Types / 144 B.2.2 Fields / 146 C: Reference Manual / 149 C.1 Commands and Environments / 150 C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 150 C.1.2 Environments / 151 C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 151 C.1.4 Declarations / 152 C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 152 C.1.6 The tt backslash backslash command / 153 C.2 Sentences and Paragraphs / 154 C.2.1 Making Sentences / 154 C.2.2 Making Paragraphs / 154 C.2.3 Footnotes / 156 C.2.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 157 C.3 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 157 C.3.1 Sectioning Commands / 157 C.3.2 The Appendix / 158 C.3.3 Table of Contents / 158 C.3.4 Style Parameters / 159 C.4 Document and Page Styles / 160 C.4.1 Document Styles / 160 C.4.2 Page Styles / 161 C.4.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 163 C.5 Displayed Paragraphs / 165 C.5.1 Quotations and Verse / 165 C.5.2 List-Making Environments / 165 C.5.3 The tt list and tt trivlist Environments / 166 C.5.4 Verbatim / 168 C.6 Mathematical Formulas / 169 C.6.1 Math Mode Environments / 169 C.6.2 Common Structures / 170 C.6.3 Mathematical Symbols / 171 C.6.4 Arrays / 171 C.6.5 Delimiters / 171 C.6.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 171 C.6. 7 Spacing / 172 C.6.8 Changing Style / 172 C. 7 Definitions / 173 C.7.1 Defining Commands / 173 C. 7.2 Defining Environments / 173 C.7.3 Theorem-like Environments / 174 C.7.4 Numbering / 174 C.8 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 176 C.8.1 Figures and Tables / 176 C.8.2 Marginal Notes / 178 C.9 Lining It Up in Columns / 179 C.9.1 The tabbing Environment / 179 C.9.2 The array and tabular Environments / 182 C.10 Moving Information Around / 185 C.10.1 Files / 185 C.10.2 Cross-References / 186 C.10.3 Bibliography and Citation / 187 C.10.4 Splitting the Input / 188 C.10.5 Index and Glossary / 189 Producing an Index / 189 Compiling the Entries / 189 C.10.6 Terminal Input and Output / 189 C.11 Line and Page Breaking / 190 C.11.1 Line Breaking / 190 C.11.2 Page Breaking / 191 C.12 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 192 C.12.1 Length / 192 C.12 2 Space / 193 C.12.3 Boxes / 194 C.13 The picture Environment / 196 C.13.1 Picture-Mode Commands / 196 C.13.2 Picture Objects / 197 C.13.3 Picture Declarations / 199 C.14 Font Selection / 199 C.14.1 Changing the Type Style / 199 C.14.2 Changing the Type Size / 200 C.14.3 Loading Fonts / 200 C.14.4 Fonts in Math Mode / 200 D: Using Plain TeX Commands / 203 Bibliography / 207 Index / 209

rawabstract:
LaTeX is a special version of Donald Knuth's TeX program for computer typesetting, a program particularly suitable for producing high-quality documents with mathematical text. LaTeX is a collection of high-level commands, called macros, which simplify the use of TeX and make the typesetting relatively easy.

shortTOC:
Preface / xiii 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 2: Getting Started / 11 3: Carrying On / 37 4: Moving Information Around / 69 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 6: Errors / 117 A: SLiTeX / 131 B: The Bibliography Database / 139 C: Reference Manual / 149 D: Using Plain TeX Commands / 203 Bibliography / 207 Index / 209

rawshortTOC:
Preface / xiii \\ 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\ 2: Getting Started / 11 \\ 3: Carrying On / 37 \\ 4: Moving Information Around / 69 \\ 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 \\ 6: Errors / 117 \\ A: \SLiTeX{} / 131 \\ B: The Bibliography Database / 139 \\ C: Reference Manual / 149 \\ D: Using Plain \TeX{} Commands / 203 \\ Bibliography / 207 \\ Index / 209

rawTOC:
Preface / xiii \\ 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\ 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 \\ 1.2 How to Read This Book / 2 \\ 1.3 The Game of the Name / 4 \\ 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 \\ 1.5 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 \\ 1.6 Trying It Out / 8 \\ 2: Getting Started / 11 \\ 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 \\ 2.2 The Input / 13 \\ 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 \\ Quotation Marks / 13 \\ Dashes / 14 \\ Space After a Period / 14 \\ Special Symbols / 15 \\ Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 \\ Emphasizing Text / 16 \\ Preventing Line Breaks / 18 \\ Footnotes / 19 \\ Formulas / 19 \\ Ignorable Input / 20 \\ 2.2.2 The Document / 21 \\ The Document Style / 21 \\ The Title ``Page'' / 22 \\ 2.2.3 Sectioning / 22 \\ 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 24 \\ Quotations / 26 \\ Lists / 26 \\ Poetry / 27 \\ Displayed Formulas / 28 \\ 2.3 Running \LaTeX{} / 28 \\ 2.4 Helpful Hints / 32 \\ 2.5 Summary / 33 \\ 3: Carrying On / 37 \\ 3.1 Changing the Type Style / 38 \\ 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 39 \\ 3.2.1 Accents / 40 \\ 3.2.2 Symbols / 40 \\ 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 41 \\ 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 41 \\ Subscripts and Superscripts / 41 \\ Fractions / 41 \\ Roots / 42 \\ Ellipsis / 42 \\ 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 42 \\ Greek Letters / 43 \\ Calligraphic Letters / 43 \\ A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 44 \\ Log-like Functions / 46 \\ 3.3.3 Arrays / 47 \\ The array Environment / 47 \\ Vertical Alignment / 47 \\ More Complex Arrays / 48 \\ 3.3.4 Delimiters / 48 \\ 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 49 \\ 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 50 \\ Over- and Underlining / 51 \\ Accents / 51 \\ Stacking Symbols / 52 \\ 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 52 \\ 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 53 \\ Type Style / 53 \\ Math Style / 54 \\ 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 54 \\ 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 54 \\ 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 55 \\ 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 57 \\ 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 58 \\ 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 59 \\ 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 59 \\ 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 61 \\ 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 62 \\ 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 62 \\ 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 63 \\ 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 65 \\ 3.8 Letters / 66 \\ 4: Moving Information Around / 69 \\ 4.1 The Table of Contents / 70 \\ 4.2 Cross-References / 71 \\ 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 72 \\ 4.3.1 Doing It Yourself / 73 \\ 4.3.2 Using \BibTeX{} / 74 \\ 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 75 \\ 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 77 \\ 4.5.1 Producing an Index or Glossary / 77 \\ 4.5.2 Compiling the Entries / 78 \\ 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 79 \\ 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 \\ 5.1 Document and Page Styles / 82 \\ 5.1.1 Document Styles / 82 \\ 5.1.2 Page Styles / 83 \\ 5.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 84 \\ 5.1.4 Customizing the Document Style / 85 \\ 5.2 Line and Page Breaking / 87 \\ 5.2.1 Line Breaking / 87 \\ 5.2.2 Page Breaking / 90 \\ 5.3 Numbering / 91 \\ 5.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 93 \\ 5.4.1 Length / 93 \\ 5.4.2 Spaces / 95 \\ 5.4.3 Boxes / 96 \\ LR Boxes / 97 \\ Parboxes / 98 \\ Rule Boxes / 100 \\ Raising and Lowering Boxes / 100 \\ Saving Boxes / 101 \\ 5.5 Pictures / 101 \\ 5.5.1 The picture Environment / 102 \\ 5.5.2 Picture Objects / 103 \\ Text / 104 \\ Boxes / 104 \\ Straight Lines / 105 \\ Arrows / 106 \\ Stacks / 107 \\ Circles / 107 \\ Ovals and Rounded Corners / 108 \\ Framing / 108 \\ 5.5.3 Reusing Objects / 109 \\ 5.5.4 Repeated Patterns / 109 \\ 5.5.5 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 110 \\ 5.6 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 \\ 5.7 List-Making Environments / 112 \\ 5.7.1 The {\tt list} Environment / 112 \\ 5.7.2 The {\tt trivlist} Environment / 115 \\ 5.8 Fonts / 115 \\ 5.8.1 Changing Type Size / 115 \\ 5.8.2 Loading Fonts / 116 \\ 6: Errors / 117 \\ 6.1 Finding the Error / 118 \\ 6.2 \LaTeX's Error Messages / 120 \\ 6.3 \TeX's Error Messages / 123 \\ 6.4 \LaTeX{} Warnings / 128 \\ 6.5 \TeX{} Warnings / 129 \\ A: \SLiTeX{} / 131 \\ A.l How \SLiTeX{} makes Colors / 132 \\ A.2 The Root File / 133 \\ A.3 The Slide File / 134 \\ A.3.1 Slides / 134 \\ A.3.2 Overlays / 136 \\ A.3.3 Notes / 137 \\ A.3.4 Page Styles for Slides / 137 \\ A.4 Making Only Some Slides / 138 \\ B: The Bibliography Database / 139 \\ B.1 The Format of the {\tt bib} File / 140 \\ B.1.1 The Entry Format / 140 \\ B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 141 \\ Names / 141 \\ Titles / 142 \\ B.1.3 Abbreviations / 143 \\ B.2 The Entries / 144 \\ B.2.1 Entry Types / 144 \\ B.2.2 Fields / 146 \\ C: Reference Manual / 149 \\ C.1 Commands and Environments / 150 \\ C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 150 \\ C.1.2 Environments / 151 \\ C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 151 \\ C.1.4 Declarations / 152 \\ C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 152 \\ C.1.6 The {\tt \backslash\backslash} command / 153 \\ C.2 Sentences and Paragraphs / 154 \\ C.2.1 Making Sentences / 154 \\ C.2.2 Making Paragraphs / 154 \\ C.2.3 Footnotes / 156 \\ C.2.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 157 \\ C.3 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 157 \\ C.3.1 Sectioning Commands / 157 \\ C.3.2 The Appendix / 158 \\ C.3.3 Table of Contents / 158 \\ C.3.4 Style Parameters / 159 \\ C.4 Document and Page Styles / 160 \\ C.4.1 Document Styles / 160 \\ C.4.2 Page Styles / 161 \\ C.4.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 163 \\ C.5 Displayed Paragraphs / 165 \\ C.5.1 Quotations and Verse / 165 \\ C.5.2 List-Making Environments / 165 \\ C.5.3 The {\tt list} and {\tt trivlist} Environments / 166 \\ C.5.4 Verbatim / 168 \\ C.6 Mathematical Formulas / 169 \\ C.6.1 Math Mode Environments / 169 \\ C.6.2 Common Structures / 170 \\ C.6.3 Mathematical Symbols / 171 \\ C.6.4 Arrays / 171 \\ C.6.5 Delimiters / 171 \\ C.6.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 171 \\ C.6. 7 Spacing / 172 \\ C.6.8 Changing Style / 172 \\ C. 7 Definitions / 173 \\ C.7.1 Defining Commands / 173 \\ C. 7.2 Defining Environments / 173 \\ C.7.3 Theorem-like Environments / 174 \\ C.7.4 Numbering / 174 \\ C.8 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 176 \\ C.8.1 Figures and Tables / 176 \\ C.8.2 Marginal Notes / 178 \\ C.9 Lining It Up in Columns / 179 \\ C.9.1 The tabbing Environment / 179 \\ C.9.2 The array and tabular Environments / 182 \\ C.10 Moving Information Around / 185 \\ C.10.1 Files / 185 \\ C.10.2 Cross-References / 186 \\ C.10.3 Bibliography and Citation / 187 \\ C.10.4 Splitting the Input / 188 \\ C.10.5 Index and Glossary / 189 \\ Producing an Index / 189 \\ Compiling the Entries / 189 \\ C.10.6 Terminal Input and Output / 189 \\ C.11 Line and Page Breaking / 190 \\ C.11.1 Line Breaking / 190 \\ C.11.2 Page Breaking / 191 \\ C.12 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 192 \\ C.12.1 Length / 192 \\ C.12 2 Space / 193 \\ C.12.3 Boxes / 194 \\ C.13 The picture Environment / 196 \\ C.13.1 Picture-Mode Commands / 196 \\ C.13.2 Picture Objects / 197 \\ C.13.3 Picture Declarations / 199 \\ C.14 Font Selection / 199 \\ C.14.1 Changing the Type Style / 199 \\ C.14.2 Changing the Type Size / 200 \\ C.14.3 Loading Fonts / 200 \\ C.14.4 Fonts in Math Mode / 200 \\ D: Using Plain \TeX{} Commands / 203 \\ Bibliography / 207 \\ Index / 209

entry:
@Book{Lamport:1986:LDP,
  author =       "Leslie Lamport",
  title =        "{\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide
                 and Reference Manual",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 242",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-201-15790-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-15790-1",
  LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38 L35 1986",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:04 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  abstract =     "LaTeX is a special version of Donald Knuth's TeX
                 program for computer typesetting, a program
                 particularly suitable for producing high-quality
                 documents with mathematical text. LaTeX is a collection
                 of high-level commands, called macros, which simplify
                 the use of TeX and make the typesetting relatively
                 easy.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  listoffigures = "5.1 Points and their coordinates / 102 \\
                 5.2 \verb=\put(1.4,2.6){\line(3,-1){4.8}}= / 106 \\
                 5.3 The format of a list / 113 \\
                 C.1 Making footnotes without the \verb=\footnote=
                 command / 156 \\
                 C.2 Sectioning and table of contents commands / 158 \\
                 C.3 An example title / 164 \\
                 C.4 A \verb=tabbing= environment example / 180 \\
                 C.5 An example of the \verb=tabular= environment / 182
                 \\
                 C.6 A sample \verb=picture= environment / 197",
  listoftables = "3.1 Accents / 40 \\
                 3.2 Foreign Symbols / 40 \\
                 3.3 Greek Letters / 43 \\
                 3.4 Binary Operation Symbols / 44 \\
                 3.5 Relation Symbols / 44 \\
                 3.6 Arrow Symbols / 45 \\
                 3.7 Miscellaneous Symbols / 45 \\
                 3.8 Variable-sized Symbols / 45 \\
                 3.9 Log-like Functions / 46 \\
                 3.10 Delimiters / 48 \\
                 3.11 Math Mode Accents / 51",
  review =       "ACM CR 9001-0030",
  shorttableofcontents = "Preface / xiii \\
                 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\
                 2: Getting Started / 11 \\
                 3: Carrying On / 37 \\
                 4: Moving Information Around / 69 \\
                 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 \\
                 6: Errors / 117 \\
                 A: \SLiTeX{} / 131 \\
                 B: The Bibliography Database / 139 \\
                 C: Reference Manual / 149 \\
                 D: Using Plain \TeX{} Commands / 203 \\
                 Bibliography / 207 \\
                 Index / 209",
  subject =      "I.7.2 Computing Methodologies, TEXT PROCESSING,
                 Document Preparation, LaTeX \\ D.2.3 Software, SOFTWARE
                 ENGINEERING, Coding, Pretty printers",
  tableofcontents = "Preface / xiii \\
                 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\
                 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 \\
                 1.2 How to Read This Book / 2 \\
                 1.3 The Game of the Name / 4 \\
                 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 \\
                 1.5 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 \\
                 1.6 Trying It Out / 8 \\
                 2: Getting Started / 11 \\
                 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 \\
                 2.2 The Input / 13 \\
                 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 \\
                 Quotation Marks / 13 \\
                 Dashes / 14 \\
                 Space After a Period / 14 \\
                 Special Symbols / 15 \\
                 Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 \\
                 Emphasizing Text / 16 \\
                 Preventing Line Breaks / 18 \\
                 Footnotes / 19 \\
                 Formulas / 19 \\
                 Ignorable Input / 20 \\
                 2.2.2 The Document / 21 \\
                 The Document Style / 21 \\
                 The Title ``Page'' / 22 \\
                 2.2.3 Sectioning / 22 \\
                 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 24 \\
                 Quotations / 26 \\
                 Lists / 26 \\
                 Poetry / 27 \\
                 Displayed Formulas / 28 \\
                 2.3 Running \LaTeX{} / 28 \\
                 2.4 Helpful Hints / 32 \\
                 2.5 Summary / 33 \\
                 3: Carrying On / 37 \\
                 3.1 Changing the Type Style / 38 \\
                 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 39 \\
                 3.2.1 Accents / 40 \\
                 3.2.2 Symbols / 40 \\
                 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 41 \\
                 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 41 \\
                 Subscripts and Superscripts / 41 \\
                 Fractions / 41 \\
                 Roots / 42 \\
                 Ellipsis / 42 \\
                 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 42 \\
                 Greek Letters / 43 \\
                 Calligraphic Letters / 43 \\
                 A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 44 \\
                 Log-like Functions / 46 \\
                 3.3.3 Arrays / 47 \\
                 The array Environment / 47 \\
                 Vertical Alignment / 47 \\
                 More Complex Arrays / 48 \\
                 3.3.4 Delimiters / 48 \\
                 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 49 \\
                 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 50 \\
                 Over- and Underlining / 51 \\
                 Accents / 51 \\
                 Stacking Symbols / 52 \\
                 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 52 \\
                 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 53 \\
                 Type Style / 53 \\
                 Math Style / 54 \\
                 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 54 \\
                 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 54 \\
                 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 55 \\
                 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 57 \\
                 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 58 \\
                 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 59 \\
                 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 59 \\
                 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 61 \\
                 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 62 \\
                 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 62 \\
                 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 63 \\
                 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 65 \\
                 3.8 Letters / 66 \\
                 4: Moving Information Around / 69 \\
                 4.1 The Table of Contents / 70 \\
                 4.2 Cross-References / 71 \\
                 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 72 \\
                 4.3.1 Doing It Yourself / 73 \\
                 4.3.2 Using \BibTeX{} / 74 \\
                 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 75 \\
                 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 77 \\
                 4.5.1 Producing an Index or Glossary / 77 \\
                 4.5.2 Compiling the Entries / 78 \\
                 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 79 \\
                 5: Designing It Yourself / 81 \\
                 5.1 Document and Page Styles / 82 \\
                 5.1.1 Document Styles / 82 \\
                 5.1.2 Page Styles / 83 \\
                 5.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 84 \\
                 5.1.4 Customizing the Document Style / 85 \\
                 5.2 Line and Page Breaking / 87 \\
                 5.2.1 Line Breaking / 87 \\
                 5.2.2 Page Breaking / 90 \\
                 5.3 Numbering / 91 \\
                 5.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 93 \\
                 5.4.1 Length / 93 \\
                 5.4.2 Spaces / 95 \\
                 5.4.3 Boxes / 96 \\
                 LR Boxes / 97 \\
                 Parboxes / 98 \\
                 Rule Boxes / 100 \\
                 Raising and Lowering Boxes / 100 \\
                 Saving Boxes / 101 \\
                 5.5 Pictures / 101 \\
                 5.5.1 The picture Environment / 102 \\
                 5.5.2 Picture Objects / 103 \\
                 Text / 104 \\
                 Boxes / 104 \\
                 Straight Lines / 105 \\
                 Arrows / 106 \\
                 Stacks / 107 \\
                 Circles / 107 \\
                 Ovals and Rounded Corners / 108 \\
                 Framing / 108 \\
                 5.5.3 Reusing Objects / 109 \\
                 5.5.4 Repeated Patterns / 109 \\
                 5.5.5 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 110 \\
                 5.6 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 \\
                 5.7 List-Making Environments / 112 \\
                 5.7.1 The {\tt list} Environment / 112 \\
                 5.7.2 The {\tt trivlist} Environment / 115 \\
                 5.8 Fonts / 115 \\
                 5.8.1 Changing Type Size / 115 \\
                 5.8.2 Loading Fonts / 116 \\
                 6: Errors / 117 \\
                 6.1 Finding the Error / 118 \\
                 6.2 \LaTeX's Error Messages / 120 \\
                 6.3 \TeX's Error Messages / 123 \\
                 6.4 \LaTeX{} Warnings / 128 \\
                 6.5 \TeX{} Warnings / 129 \\
                 A: \SLiTeX{} / 131 \\
                 A.l How \SLiTeX{} makes Colors / 132 \\
                 A.2 The Root File / 133 \\
                 A.3 The Slide File / 134 \\
                 A.3.1 Slides / 134 \\
                 A.3.2 Overlays / 136 \\
                 A.3.3 Notes / 137 \\
                 A.3.4 Page Styles for Slides / 137 \\
                 A.4 Making Only Some Slides / 138 \\
                 B: The Bibliography Database / 139 \\
                 B.1 The Format of the {\tt bib} File / 140 \\
                 B.1.1 The Entry Format / 140 \\
                 B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 141 \\
                 Names / 141 \\
                 Titles / 142 \\
                 B.1.3 Abbreviations / 143 \\
                 B.2 The Entries / 144 \\
                 B.2.1 Entry Types / 144 \\
                 B.2.2 Fields / 146 \\
                 C: Reference Manual / 149 \\
                 C.1 Commands and Environments / 150 \\
                 C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 150 \\
                 C.1.2 Environments / 151 \\
                 C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 151 \\
                 C.1.4 Declarations / 152 \\
                 C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 152 \\
                 C.1.6 The {\tt \backslash\backslash} command / 153 \\
                 C.2 Sentences and Paragraphs / 154 \\
                 C.2.1 Making Sentences / 154 \\
                 C.2.2 Making Paragraphs / 154 \\
                 C.2.3 Footnotes / 156 \\
                 C.2.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 157 \\
                 C.3 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 157 \\
                 C.3.1 Sectioning Commands / 157 \\
                 C.3.2 The Appendix / 158 \\
                 C.3.3 Table of Contents / 158 \\
                 C.3.4 Style Parameters / 159 \\
                 C.4 Document and Page Styles / 160 \\
                 C.4.1 Document Styles / 160 \\
                 C.4.2 Page Styles / 161 \\
                 C.4.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 163 \\
                 C.5 Displayed Paragraphs / 165 \\
                 C.5.1 Quotations and Verse / 165 \\
                 C.5.2 List-Making Environments / 165 \\
                 C.5.3 The {\tt list} and {\tt trivlist} Environments /
                 166 \\
                 C.5.4 Verbatim / 168 \\
                 C.6 Mathematical Formulas / 169 \\
                 C.6.1 Math Mode Environments / 169 \\
                 C.6.2 Common Structures / 170 \\
                 C.6.3 Mathematical Symbols / 171 \\
                 C.6.4 Arrays / 171 \\
                 C.6.5 Delimiters / 171 \\
                 C.6.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 171 \\
                 C.6. 7 Spacing / 172 \\
                 C.6.8 Changing Style / 172 \\
                 C. 7 Definitions / 173 \\
                 C.7.1 Defining Commands / 173 \\
                 C. 7.2 Defining Environments / 173 \\
                 C.7.3 Theorem-like Environments / 174 \\
                 C.7.4 Numbering / 174 \\
                 C.8 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 176 \\
                 C.8.1 Figures and Tables / 176 \\
                 C.8.2 Marginal Notes / 178 \\
                 C.9 Lining It Up in Columns / 179 \\
                 C.9.1 The tabbing Environment / 179 \\
                 C.9.2 The array and tabular Environments / 182 \\
                 C.10 Moving Information Around / 185 \\
                 C.10.1 Files / 185 \\
                 C.10.2 Cross-References / 186 \\
                 C.10.3 Bibliography and Citation / 187 \\
                 C.10.4 Splitting the Input / 188 \\
                 C.10.5 Index and Glossary / 189 \\
                 Producing an Index / 189 \\
                 Compiling the Entries / 189 \\
                 C.10.6 Terminal Input and Output / 189 \\
                 C.11 Line and Page Breaking / 190 \\
                 C.11.1 Line Breaking / 190 \\
                 C.11.2 Page Breaking / 191 \\
                 C.12 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 192 \\
                 C.12.1 Length / 192 \\
                 C.12 2 Space / 193 \\
                 C.12.3 Boxes / 194 \\
                 C.13 The picture Environment / 196 \\
                 C.13.1 Picture-Mode Commands / 196 \\
                 C.13.2 Picture Objects / 197 \\
                 C.13.3 Picture Declarations / 199 \\
                 C.14 Font Selection / 199 \\
                 C.14.1 Changing the Type Style / 199 \\
                 C.14.2 Changing the Type Size / 200 \\
                 C.14.3 Loading Fonts / 200 \\
                 C.14.4 Fonts in Math Mode / 200 \\
                 D: Using Plain \TeX{} Commands / 203 \\
                 Bibliography / 207 \\
                 Index / 209",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lamport:1994:LDP
author: Leslie Lamport
title: LaTeX : a Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
edition: Second
pages: xvi + 272
year: 1994
ISBN: 0-201-52983-1 OR 0201529831
ISBN13: 978-0-201-52983-8 OR 9780201529838
LCCN: Z253.4.L38L35 1994
bibdate: Wed Aug 10 09:55:59 1994
bibtimestamp: 1994.08.10 09:55:59 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Leslie Lamport
rawtitle: {\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib

abstract:
LaTeX is a software system for typesetting documents. Because it is especially good for technical documents and is available for almost any computer system, LaTeX has become a lingua franca of the scientific world. Researchers, educators, and students in universities, as well as scientists in industry, use LaTeX to produce professionally formatted papers, proposals, and books. They also use LaTeX input to communicate information electronically to their colleagues around the world. With the release of LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $, the new standard version, LaTeX has become even more powerful. Among its new features are an improved method for handling different styles of type, and commands for including graphics and producing colors. LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $ makes available to all LaTeX users valuable enhancements to the software that have been developed over the years by users in many different places to satisfy a variety of needs. This book, written by the original architect and implementer of LaTeX is both the user's guide and the reference manual for the software. It has been updated to reflect the changes in the new release. The book begins with instructions for formatting simpler text, and progressively describes commands and techniques for handling larger and more complicated documents. A separate chapter explains how to deal with errors. An added appendix describes what is new and different in LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $. Other additions to the second edition include descriptions of new commands for inserting pictures prepared with other programs and for producing colored output; new sections on how to make books and slides; instructions for making an index with the MakeIndex program, and an updated guide to preparing a bibliography with the BibTeX program; plus a section on how to send your LaTeX documents electronically. Users new to LaTeX will find here a book that has earned worldwide praise as a model for clear, concise, and practical documentation. Experienced users will want to update their LaTeX library. Although most standard LaTeX input files will work with LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $, to take advantage of the new features, a few LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $ conventions must first be learned. For users who want an advanced guide to LaTeX $ 2_epsilon $ and to more than 150 packages that can now be used at any site to provide additional features, a useful companion to this book is booktitle The LaTeX Companion, by Goossens, Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by Addison-Wesley).

TOC:
Preface / xvii 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 1.2 How to Read This Book / 3 1.3 The Game of the Name / 5 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 1.5 Why LaTeX ? / 7 1.6 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 1.7 Trying It Out / 8 2: Getting Started / 11 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 2.2 The Input / 13 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 Quotation Marks / 13 Dashes / 14 Space After a Period / 14 Special Symbols / 15 Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 Emphasizing Text / 16 Preventing Line Breaks / 17 Footnotes / 17 Formulas / 18 Ignorable Input / 19 2.2.2 The Document / 19 The Document Class / 19 The Title ``Page'' / 20 2.2.3 Sectioning / 21 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 23 Quotations / 24 Lists / 24 Poetry / 25 Displayed Formulas / 26 2.2.5 Declarations / 27 2.3 Running LaTeX / 28 2.4 Helpful Hints / 31 2.5 Summary / 32 3: Carrying On / 35 3.1 Changing the Type Style. / 36 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 38 3.2.1 Accents / 38 3.2.2 Symbols / 38 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 39 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 40 Subscripts and Superscripts / 40 Fractions / 40 Roots / 40 Ellipsis / 40 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 41 Greek Letters / 41 Calligraphic Letters / 42 A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 42 Log-like Functions / 44 3.3.3 Arrays / 45 The array Environment / 45 Vertical Alignment / 46 More Complex Arrays / 46 3.3.4 Delimiters / 46 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 47 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 49 Over- and Underlining. / 49 Accents / 49 Stacking Symbols / 50 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 50 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 51 Type Style / 51 Math Style / 52 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 52 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 53 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 53 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 55 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 56 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 58 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 58 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 59 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 60 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 60 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 62 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 63 4: Moving Information Around / 65 4.1 The Table of Contents / 66 4.2 Cross-References / 67 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 69 4.3.1 Using BibTeX / 70 4.3.2 Doing It Yourself / 71 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 72 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 74 4.5.1 Compiling the Entries / 74 4.5.2 Producing an Index or Glossary by Yourself / 75 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 76 4.7 Sending Your Document / 77 5: Other Document Classes / 79 5.1 Books / 80 5.2 Slides / 80 5.2.1 Slides and Overlays / 81 5.2.2 Notes / 83 5.2.3 Printing Only Some Slides and Notes / 83 5.2.4 Other Text / 84 5.3 Letters / 84 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 6.1 Document and Page Styles / 88 6.1.1 Document-Class Options / 88 6.1.2 Page Styles / 89 6.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 90 6.1.4 Customizing the Style / 91 6.2 Line and Page Breaking / 93 6.2.1 Line Breaking / 93 6.2.2 Page Breaking / 96 6.3 Numbering / 97 6.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 99 6.4.1 Length / 99 6.4.2 Spaces / 101 6.4.3 Boxes / 103 LR Boxes / 104 Parboxes / 104 Rule Boxes / 106 Raising and Lowering Boxes / 107 Saving Boxes / 107 6.4.4 Formatting with Boxes / 108 6.5 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 6.6 List-Making Environments / 112 6.6.1 The tt list Environment / 112 6.6.2 The tt trivlist Environment / 115 6.7 Fonts / 115 6.7.1 Changing Type Size / 115 6.7.2 Special Symbols / 116 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 7.1 Pictures / 118 7.1.1 The picture Environment / 119 7.1.2 Picture Objects / 120 Text / 120 Boxes / 120 Straight Lines / 122 Arrows / 123 Stacks / 123 Circles / 124 Ovals and Rounded Corners / 124 Framing / 125 7.1.3 Curves / 125 7.1:4 Grids / 126 7.1.5 Reusing Objects / 127 7.1.6 Repeated Patterns / 127 7.1.7 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 128 7.2 The graphics Package / 129 7.3 Color / 131 8: Errors / 133 8.1 Finding the Error / 134 8.2 LaTeX 's Error Messages / 136 8.3 TeX 's Error Messages / 140 8.4 LaTeX Warnings / 145 8.5 TeX Warnings / 147 A: Using MakeIndex / 149 A.1 How to Use MakeIndex / 150 A.2 How to Generate Index Entries / 150 A.2.1 When, Why, What, and How to Index / 150 A.2.2 The Basics / 151 A.2.3 The Fine Print / 153 A.3 Error Messages / 154 B: The Bibliography Database / 155 B.1 The Format of the bib File / 156 B.1.1 The Entry Format / 156 B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 157 Names / 157 Titles / 158 B.1.3 Abbreviations / 158 B.1.4 Cross-References / 159 B.2 The Entries / 160 B.2.1 Entry Types / 160 B.2.2 Fields / 162 C: Reference Manual / 165 C.1 Commands and Environments / 166 C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 166 C.1.2 Environments / 167 C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 167 C.1.4 Declarations / 168 C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 169 C.1.6 The Command / 169 C.2 The Structure of the Document / 170 C.3 Sentences and Paragraphs / 170 C.3.1 Making Sentences / 170 C.3.2 Making Paragraphs / 171 C.3.3 Footnotes / 172 C.3.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 173 C.4 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 174 C.4.1 Sectioning Commands / 174 C.4.2 The Appendix / 175 C.4.3 Table of Contents / 175 C.4.4 Style Parameters / 176 C.5 Classes, Packages, and Page Styles / 176 C.5.1 Document Class / 176 C.5.2 Packages / 178 C.5.3 Page Styles / 179 C.5.4 The Title Page and Abstract / 181 C.6 Displayed Paragraphs / 183 C.6.1 Quotations and Verse / 184 C.6.2 List-Making Environments / 184 C.6.3 The list and trivlist Environments / 185 C.6.4 Verbatim / 186 C.7 Mathematical Formulas / 187 C.7.1 Math Mode Environments / 187 C.7.2 Common Structures / 189 C.7.3 Mathematical Symbols / 189 C.7.4 Arrays / 190 C.7.5 Delimiters / 190 C.7.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 190 C.7.7 Spacing / 191 C.7.8 Changing Style / 191 C.8 Definitions, Numbering, and Programming. / 192 C.8.1 Defining Commands / 192 C.8.2 Defining Environments / 192 C.8.3 Theorem-like Environments / 193 C.8.4 Numbering / 194 C.8.5 The ifthen Package / 195 C.9 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 197 C.9.1 Figures and Tables / 197 C.9.2 Marginal Notes / 200 C.10 Lining It Up in Columns / 201 C.10.1 The tabbing Environment / 201 C.10.2 The array and tabular Environments / 204 C.11 Moving Information Around / 207 C.11.1 Files / 207 C.11.2 Cross-References / 209 C.11.3 Bibliography and Citation / 209 C.11.4 Splitting the Input / 210 C.11.5 Index and Glossary / 211 Producing an Index / 211 Compiling the Entries / 212 C.11.6 Terminal Input and Output / 212 C.12 Line and Page Breaking / 213 C.12.1 Line Breaking / 213 C.12.2 Page Breaking / 214 C.13 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 215 C.13.1 Length / 215 C.13.2 Space / 216 C.13.3 Boxes / 217 C.14 Pictures and Color / 219 C.14.1 The picture Environment / 219 Picture-Mode Commands / 220 Picture Objects / 221 Picture Declarations / 223 C.14.2 The graphics Package. / 223 C.14.3 The color Package / 224 C.15 Font Selection / 225 C.15.1 Changing the Type Style / 225 C.15.2 Changing the Type Size / 226 C.15.3 Special Symbols / 226 D: What's New / 227 E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 Bibliography / 235 Index / 237

rawabstract:
\LaTeX{} is a software system for typesetting documents. Because it is especially good for technical documents and is available for almost any computer system, \LaTeX{} has become a lingua franca of the scientific world. Researchers, educators, and students in universities, as well as scientists in industry, use \LaTeX{} to produce professionally formatted papers, proposals, and books. They also use \LaTeX{} input to communicate information electronically to their colleagues around the world. With the release of \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $, the new standard version, \LaTeX{} has become even more powerful. Among its new features are an improved method for handling different styles of type, and commands for including graphics and producing colors. \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ makes available to all \LaTeX{} users valuable enhancements to the software that have been developed over the years by users in many different places to satisfy a variety of needs. This book, written by the original architect and implementer of \LaTeX{} is both the user's guide and the reference manual for the software. It has been updated to reflect the changes in the new release. The book begins with instructions for formatting simpler text, and progressively describes commands and techniques for handling larger and more complicated documents. A separate chapter explains how to deal with errors. An added appendix describes what is new and different in \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $. Other additions to the second edition include descriptions of new commands for inserting pictures prepared with other programs and for producing colored output; new sections on how to make books and slides; instructions for making an index with the MakeIndex program, and an updated guide to preparing a bibliography with the BibTeX program; plus a section on how to send your \LaTeX{} documents electronically. Users new to \LaTeX{} will find here a book that has earned worldwide praise as a model for clear, concise, and practical documentation. Experienced users will want to update their \LaTeX{} library. Although most standard \LaTeX{} input files will work with \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $, to take advantage of the new features, a few \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ conventions must first be learned. For users who want an advanced guide to \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ and to more than 150 packages that can now be used at any site to provide additional features, a useful companion to this book is \booktitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, by Goossens, Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by Addison-Wesley).

shortTOC:
Preface / xvii 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 2: Getting Started / 11 3: Carrying On / 35 4: Moving Information Around / 65 5: Other Document Classes / 79 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 8: Errors / 133 A: Using MakeIndex / 149 B: The Bibliography Database / 155 C: Reference Manual / 165 D: What's New / 227 E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 Bibliography / 235 Index / 237

rawshortTOC:
Preface / xvii \\ 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\ 2: Getting Started / 11 \\ 3: Carrying On / 35 \\ 4: Moving Information Around / 65 \\ 5: Other Document Classes / 79 \\ 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 \\ 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 \\ 8: Errors / 133 \\ A: Using MakeIndex / 149 \\ B: The Bibliography Database / 155 \\ C: Reference Manual / 165 \\ D: What's New / 227 \\ E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 \\ Bibliography / 235 \\ Index / 237

rawTOC:
Preface / xvii \\ 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\ 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 \\ 1.2 How to Read This Book / 3 \\ 1.3 The Game of the Name / 5 \\ 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 \\ 1.5 Why \LaTeX{}? / 7 \\ 1.6 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 \\ 1.7 Trying It Out / 8 \\ 2: Getting Started / 11 \\ 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 \\ 2.2 The Input / 13 \\ 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 \\ Quotation Marks / 13 \\ Dashes / 14 \\ Space After a Period / 14 \\ Special Symbols / 15 \\ Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 \\ Emphasizing Text / 16 \\ Preventing Line Breaks / 17 \\ Footnotes / 17 \\ Formulas / 18 \\ Ignorable Input / 19 \\ 2.2.2 The Document / 19 \\ The Document Class / 19 \\ The Title ``Page'' / 20 \\ 2.2.3 Sectioning / 21 \\ 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 23 \\ Quotations / 24 \\ Lists / 24 \\ Poetry / 25 \\ Displayed Formulas / 26 \\ 2.2.5 Declarations / 27 \\ 2.3 Running \LaTeX{} / 28 \\ 2.4 Helpful Hints / 31 \\ 2.5 Summary / 32 \\ 3: Carrying On / 35 \\ 3.1 Changing the Type Style. / 36 \\ 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 38 \\ 3.2.1 Accents / 38 \\ 3.2.2 Symbols / 38 \\ 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 39 \\ 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 40 \\ Subscripts and Superscripts / 40 \\ Fractions / 40 \\ Roots / 40 \\ Ellipsis / 40 \\ 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 41 \\ Greek Letters / 41 \\ Calligraphic Letters / 42 \\ A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 42 \\ Log-like Functions / 44 \\ 3.3.3 Arrays / 45 \\ The array Environment / 45 \\ Vertical Alignment / 46 \\ More Complex Arrays / 46 \\ 3.3.4 Delimiters / 46 \\ 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 47 \\ 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 49 \\ Over- and Underlining. / 49 \\ Accents / 49 \\ Stacking Symbols / 50 \\ 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 50 \\ 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 51 \\ Type Style / 51 \\ Math Style / 52 \\ 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 52 \\ 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 53 \\ 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 53 \\ 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 55 \\ 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 56 \\ 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 58 \\ 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 58 \\ 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 59 \\ 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 60 \\ 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 60 \\ 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 62 \\ 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 63 \\ 4: Moving Information Around / 65 \\ 4.1 The Table of Contents / 66 \\ 4.2 Cross-References / 67 \\ 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 69 \\ 4.3.1 Using \BibTeX{} / 70 \\ 4.3.2 Doing It Yourself / 71 \\ 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 72 \\ 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 74 \\ 4.5.1 Compiling the Entries / 74 \\ 4.5.2 Producing an Index or Glossary by Yourself / 75 \\ 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 76 \\ 4.7 Sending Your Document / 77 \\ 5: Other Document Classes / 79 \\ 5.1 Books / 80 \\ 5.2 Slides / 80 \\ 5.2.1 Slides and Overlays / 81 \\ 5.2.2 Notes / 83 \\ 5.2.3 Printing Only Some Slides and Notes / 83 \\ 5.2.4 Other Text / 84 \\ 5.3 Letters / 84 \\ 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 \\ 6.1 Document and Page Styles / 88 \\ 6.1.1 Document-Class Options / 88 \\ 6.1.2 Page Styles / 89 \\ 6.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 90 \\ 6.1.4 Customizing the Style / 91 \\ 6.2 Line and Page Breaking / 93 \\ 6.2.1 Line Breaking / 93 \\ 6.2.2 Page Breaking / 96 \\ 6.3 Numbering / 97 \\ 6.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 99 \\ 6.4.1 Length / 99 \\ 6.4.2 Spaces / 101 \\ 6.4.3 Boxes / 103 \\ LR Boxes / 104 \\ Parboxes / 104 \\ Rule Boxes / 106 \\ Raising and Lowering Boxes / 107 \\ Saving Boxes / 107 \\ 6.4.4 Formatting with Boxes / 108 \\ 6.5 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 \\ 6.6 List-Making Environments / 112 \\ 6.6.1 The {\tt list} Environment / 112 \\ 6.6.2 The {\tt trivlist} Environment / 115 \\ 6.7 Fonts / 115 \\ 6.7.1 Changing Type Size / 115 \\ 6.7.2 Special Symbols / 116 \\ 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 \\ 7.1 Pictures / 118 \\ 7.1.1 The picture Environment / 119 \\ 7.1.2 Picture Objects / 120 \\ Text / 120 \\ Boxes / 120 \\ Straight Lines / 122 \\ Arrows / 123 \\ Stacks / 123 \\ Circles / 124 \\ Ovals and Rounded Corners / 124 \\ Framing / 125 \\ 7.1.3 Curves / 125 \\ 7.1:4 Grids / 126 \\ 7.1.5 Reusing Objects / 127 \\ 7.1.6 Repeated Patterns / 127 \\ 7.1.7 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 128 \\ 7.2 The graphics Package / 129 \\ 7.3 Color / 131 \\ 8: Errors / 133 \\ 8.1 Finding the Error / 134 \\ 8.2 \LaTeX{}'s Error Messages / 136 \\ 8.3 \TeX{}'s Error Messages / 140 \\ 8.4 \LaTeX{} Warnings / 145 \\ 8.5 \TeX{} Warnings / 147 \\ A: Using MakeIndex / 149 \\ A.1 How to Use MakeIndex / 150 \\ A.2 How to Generate Index Entries / 150 \\ A.2.1 When, Why, What, and How to Index / 150 \\ A.2.2 The Basics / 151 \\ A.2.3 The Fine Print / 153 \\ A.3 Error Messages / 154 \\ B: The Bibliography Database / 155 \\ B.1 The Format of the bib File / 156 \\ B.1.1 The Entry Format / 156 \\ B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 157 \\ Names / 157 \\ Titles / 158 \\ B.1.3 Abbreviations / 158 \\ B.1.4 Cross-References / 159 \\ B.2 The Entries / 160 \\ B.2.1 Entry Types / 160 \\ B.2.2 Fields / 162 \\ C: Reference Manual / 165 \\ C.1 Commands and Environments / 166 \\ C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 166 \\ C.1.2 Environments / 167 \\ C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 167 \\ C.1.4 Declarations / 168 \\ C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 169 \\ C.1.6 The\\ Command / 169 \\ C.2 The Structure of the Document / 170 \\ C.3 Sentences and Paragraphs / 170 \\ C.3.1 Making Sentences / 170 \\ C.3.2 Making Paragraphs / 171 \\ C.3.3 Footnotes / 172 \\ C.3.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 173 \\ C.4 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 174 \\ C.4.1 Sectioning Commands / 174 \\ C.4.2 The Appendix / 175 \\ C.4.3 Table of Contents / 175 \\ C.4.4 Style Parameters / 176 \\ C.5 Classes, Packages, and Page Styles / 176 \\ C.5.1 Document Class / 176 \\ C.5.2 Packages / 178 \\ C.5.3 Page Styles / 179 \\ C.5.4 The Title Page and Abstract / 181 \\ C.6 Displayed Paragraphs / 183 \\ C.6.1 Quotations and Verse / 184 \\ C.6.2 List-Making Environments / 184 \\ C.6.3 The list and trivlist Environments / 185 \\ C.6.4 Verbatim / 186 \\ C.7 Mathematical Formulas / 187 \\ C.7.1 Math Mode Environments / 187 \\ C.7.2 Common Structures / 189 \\ C.7.3 Mathematical Symbols / 189 \\ C.7.4 Arrays / 190 \\ C.7.5 Delimiters / 190 \\ C.7.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 190 \\ C.7.7 Spacing / 191 \\ C.7.8 Changing Style / 191 \\ C.8 Definitions, Numbering, and Programming. / 192 \\ C.8.1 Defining Commands / 192 \\ C.8.2 Defining Environments / 192 \\ C.8.3 Theorem-like Environments / 193 \\ C.8.4 Numbering / 194 \\ C.8.5 The ifthen Package / 195 \\ C.9 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 197 \\ C.9.1 Figures and Tables / 197 \\ C.9.2 Marginal Notes / 200 \\ C.10 Lining It Up in Columns / 201 \\ C.10.1 The tabbing Environment / 201 \\ C.10.2 The array and tabular Environments / 204 \\ C.11 Moving Information Around / 207 \\ C.11.1 Files / 207 \\ C.11.2 Cross-References / 209 \\ C.11.3 Bibliography and Citation / 209 \\ C.11.4 Splitting the Input / 210 \\ C.11.5 Index and Glossary / 211 \\ Producing an Index / 211 \\ Compiling the Entries / 212 \\ C.11.6 Terminal Input and Output / 212 \\ C.12 Line and Page Breaking / 213 \\ C.12.1 Line Breaking / 213 \\ C.12.2 Page Breaking / 214 \\ C.13 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 215 \\ C.13.1 Length / 215 \\ C.13.2 Space / 216 \\ C.13.3 Boxes / 217 \\ C.14 Pictures and Color / 219 \\ C.14.1 The picture Environment / 219 \\ Picture-Mode Commands / 220 \\ Picture Objects / 221 \\ Picture Declarations / 223 \\ C.14.2 The graphics Package. / 223 \\ C.14.3 The color Package / 224 \\ C.15 Font Selection / 225 \\ C.15.1 Changing the Type Style / 225 \\ C.15.2 Changing the Type Size / 226 \\ C.15.3 Special Symbols / 226 \\ D: What's New / 227 \\ E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 \\ Bibliography / 235 \\ Index / 237

entry:
@Book{Lamport:1994:LDP,
  author =       "Leslie Lamport",
  title =        "{\LaTeX}: a Document Preparation System: User's Guide
                 and Reference Manual",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "xvi + 272",
  year =         "1994",
  ISBN =         "0-201-52983-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-52983-8",
  LCCN =         "Z253.4.L38L35 1994",
  bibdate =      "Wed Aug 10 09:55:59 1994",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  abstract =     "\LaTeX{} is a software system for typesetting
                 documents. Because it is especially good for technical
                 documents and is available for almost any computer
                 system, \LaTeX{} has become a lingua franca of the
                 scientific world. Researchers, educators, and students
                 in universities, as well as scientists in industry, use
                 \LaTeX{} to produce professionally formatted papers,
                 proposals, and books. They also use \LaTeX{} input to
                 communicate information electronically to their
                 colleagues around the world. With the release of
                 \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $, the new standard version,
                 \LaTeX{} has become even more powerful. Among its new
                 features are an improved method for handling different
                 styles of type, and commands for including graphics and
                 producing colors. \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ makes
                 available to all \LaTeX{} users valuable enhancements
                 to the software that have been developed over the years
                 by users in many different places to satisfy a variety
                 of needs. This book, written by the original architect
                 and implementer of \LaTeX{} is both the user's guide
                 and the reference manual for the software. It has been
                 updated to reflect the changes in the new release. The
                 book begins with instructions for formatting simpler
                 text, and progressively describes commands and
                 techniques for handling larger and more complicated
                 documents. A separate chapter explains how to deal with
                 errors. An added appendix describes what is new and
                 different in \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $. Other additions
                 to the second edition include descriptions of new
                 commands for inserting pictures prepared with other
                 programs and for producing colored output; new sections
                 on how to make books and slides; instructions for
                 making an index with the MakeIndex program, and an
                 updated guide to preparing a bibliography with the
                 BibTeX program; plus a section on how to send your
                 \LaTeX{} documents electronically. Users new to
                 \LaTeX{} will find here a book that has earned
                 worldwide praise as a model for clear, concise, and
                 practical documentation. Experienced users will want to
                 update their \LaTeX{} library. Although most standard
                 \LaTeX{} input files will work with \LaTeX{} $
                 2_\epsilon $, to take advantage of the new features, a
                 few \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ conventions must first be
                 learned. For users who want an advanced guide to
                 \LaTeX{} $ 2_\epsilon $ and to more than 150 packages
                 that can now be used at any site to provide additional
                 features, a useful companion to this book is
                 \booktitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion}, by Goossens,
                 Mittelbach, and Samarin (also published by
                 Addison-Wesley).",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  listoffigures = "6.1 Boxes and how \TeX{} puts them together / 103 \\
                 6.2 The complete definition of the \verb=\face= command
                 / 110 \\
                 6.3 The format of a list / 113 \\
                 7.1 Points and their coordinates / 119 \\
                 7.2 \verb=\put (1.4,2.6){\line(3,-1){4.8}}= / 122 \\
                 C.1 Making footnotes without the \verb=\footnote=
                 command / 173 \\
                 C.2 Sectioning and table of contents commands / 174 \\
                 C.3 Page style parameters / 182 \\
                 C.4 An example title / 183 \\
                 C.5 Writing programs with the \verb=ifthen= package's
                 commands / 196 \\
                 C.6 A \verb=tabbing= environment example / 202 \\
                 C.7 Examples of the \verb=tabular= and \verb=tabular*=
                 environments / 204 \\
                 C.8 A sample \verb=picture= environment / 220",
  listoftables = "3.1 Accents / 38 \\
                 3.2 Non-English Symbols / 39 \\
                 3.3 Greek Letters / 41 \\
                 3.4 Binary Operation Symbols / 42 \\
                 3.5 Relation Symbols / 43 \\
                 3.6 Arrow Symbols / 43 \\
                 3.7 Miscellaneous Symbols / 43 \\
                 3.8 Variable-sized Symbols / 44 \\
                 3.9 Log-like Functions / 44 \\
                 3.10 Delimiters / 47 \\
                 3.11 Math Mode Accents / 50",
  shorttableofcontents = "Preface / xvii \\
                 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\
                 2: Getting Started / 11 \\
                 3: Carrying On / 35 \\
                 4: Moving Information Around / 65 \\
                 5: Other Document Classes / 79 \\
                 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 \\
                 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 \\
                 8: Errors / 133 \\
                 A: Using MakeIndex / 149 \\
                 B: The Bibliography Database / 155 \\
                 C: Reference Manual / 165 \\
                 D: What's New / 227 \\
                 E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 \\
                 Bibliography / 235 \\
                 Index / 237",
  tableofcontents = "Preface / xvii \\
                 1: Getting Acquainted / 1 \\
                 1.1 How to Avoid Reading This Book / 2 \\
                 1.2 How to Read This Book / 3 \\
                 1.3 The Game of the Name / 5 \\
                 1.4 Turning Typing into Typography / 5 \\
                 1.5 Why \LaTeX{}? / 7 \\
                 1.6 Turning Ideas into Input / 8 \\
                 1.7 Trying It Out / 8 \\
                 2: Getting Started / 11 \\
                 2.1 Preparing an Input File / 12 \\
                 2.2 The Input / 13 \\
                 2.2.1 Sentences and Paragraphs / 13 \\
                 Quotation Marks / 13 \\
                 Dashes / 14 \\
                 Space After a Period / 14 \\
                 Special Symbols / 15 \\
                 Simple Text-Generating Commands / 15 \\
                 Emphasizing Text / 16 \\
                 Preventing Line Breaks / 17 \\
                 Footnotes / 17 \\
                 Formulas / 18 \\
                 Ignorable Input / 19 \\
                 2.2.2 The Document / 19 \\
                 The Document Class / 19 \\
                 The Title ``Page'' / 20 \\
                 2.2.3 Sectioning / 21 \\
                 2.2.4 Displayed Material / 23 \\
                 Quotations / 24 \\
                 Lists / 24 \\
                 Poetry / 25 \\
                 Displayed Formulas / 26 \\
                 2.2.5 Declarations / 27 \\
                 2.3 Running \LaTeX{} / 28 \\
                 2.4 Helpful Hints / 31 \\
                 2.5 Summary / 32 \\
                 3: Carrying On / 35 \\
                 3.1 Changing the Type Style. / 36 \\
                 3.2 Symbols from Other Languages / 38 \\
                 3.2.1 Accents / 38 \\
                 3.2.2 Symbols / 38 \\
                 3.3 Mathematical Formulas / 39 \\
                 3.3.1 Some Common Structures / 40 \\
                 Subscripts and Superscripts / 40 \\
                 Fractions / 40 \\
                 Roots / 40 \\
                 Ellipsis / 40 \\
                 3.3.2 Mathematical Symbols / 41 \\
                 Greek Letters / 41 \\
                 Calligraphic Letters / 42 \\
                 A Menagerie of Mathematical Symbols / 42 \\
                 Log-like Functions / 44 \\
                 3.3.3 Arrays / 45 \\
                 The array Environment / 45 \\
                 Vertical Alignment / 46 \\
                 More Complex Arrays / 46 \\
                 3.3.4 Delimiters / 46 \\
                 3.3.5 Multiline Formulas / 47 \\
                 3.3.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 49 \\
                 Over- and Underlining. / 49 \\
                 Accents / 49 \\
                 Stacking Symbols / 50 \\
                 3.3.7 Spacing in Math Mode / 50 \\
                 3.3.8 Changing Style in Math Mode / 51 \\
                 Type Style / 51 \\
                 Math Style / 52 \\
                 3.3.9 When All Else Fails / 52 \\
                 3.4 Defining Commands and Environments / 53 \\
                 3.4.1 Defining Commands / 53 \\
                 3.4.2 Defining Environments / 55 \\
                 3.4.3 Theorems and Such / 56 \\
                 3.5 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 58 \\
                 3.5.1 Figures and Tables / 58 \\
                 3.5.2 Marginal Notes / 59 \\
                 3.6 Lining It Up in Columns / 60 \\
                 3.6.1 The tabbing Environment / 60 \\
                 3.6.2 The tabular Environment / 62 \\
                 3.7 Simulating Typed Text / 63 \\
                 4: Moving Information Around / 65 \\
                 4.1 The Table of Contents / 66 \\
                 4.2 Cross-References / 67 \\
                 4.3 Bibliography and Citation / 69 \\
                 4.3.1 Using \BibTeX{} / 70 \\
                 4.3.2 Doing It Yourself / 71 \\
                 4.4 Splitting Your Input / 72 \\
                 4.5 Making an Index or Glossary / 74 \\
                 4.5.1 Compiling the Entries / 74 \\
                 4.5.2 Producing an Index or Glossary by Yourself / 75
                 \\
                 4.6 Keyboard Input and Screen Output / 76 \\
                 4.7 Sending Your Document / 77 \\
                 5: Other Document Classes / 79 \\
                 5.1 Books / 80 \\
                 5.2 Slides / 80 \\
                 5.2.1 Slides and Overlays / 81 \\
                 5.2.2 Notes / 83 \\
                 5.2.3 Printing Only Some Slides and Notes / 83 \\
                 5.2.4 Other Text / 84 \\
                 5.3 Letters / 84 \\
                 6: Designing It Yourself / 87 \\
                 6.1 Document and Page Styles / 88 \\
                 6.1.1 Document-Class Options / 88 \\
                 6.1.2 Page Styles / 89 \\
                 6.1.3 The Title Page and Abstract / 90 \\
                 6.1.4 Customizing the Style / 91 \\
                 6.2 Line and Page Breaking / 93 \\
                 6.2.1 Line Breaking / 93 \\
                 6.2.2 Page Breaking / 96 \\
                 6.3 Numbering / 97 \\
                 6.4 Length, Spaces, and Boxes / 99 \\
                 6.4.1 Length / 99 \\
                 6.4.2 Spaces / 101 \\
                 6.4.3 Boxes / 103 \\
                 LR Boxes / 104 \\
                 Parboxes / 104 \\
                 Rule Boxes / 106 \\
                 Raising and Lowering Boxes / 107 \\
                 Saving Boxes / 107 \\
                 6.4.4 Formatting with Boxes / 108 \\
                 6.5 Centering and ``Flushing'' / 111 \\
                 6.6 List-Making Environments / 112 \\
                 6.6.1 The {\tt list} Environment / 112 \\
                 6.6.2 The {\tt trivlist} Environment / 115 \\
                 6.7 Fonts / 115 \\
                 6.7.1 Changing Type Size / 115 \\
                 6.7.2 Special Symbols / 116 \\
                 7: Pictures and Colors / 117 \\
                 7.1 Pictures / 118 \\
                 7.1.1 The picture Environment / 119 \\
                 7.1.2 Picture Objects / 120 \\
                 Text / 120 \\
                 Boxes / 120 \\
                 Straight Lines / 122 \\
                 Arrows / 123 \\
                 Stacks / 123 \\
                 Circles / 124 \\
                 Ovals and Rounded Corners / 124 \\
                 Framing / 125 \\
                 7.1.3 Curves / 125 \\
                 7.1:4 Grids / 126 \\
                 7.1.5 Reusing Objects / 127 \\
                 7.1.6 Repeated Patterns / 127 \\
                 7.1.7 Some Hints on Drawing Pictures / 128 \\
                 7.2 The graphics Package / 129 \\
                 7.3 Color / 131 \\
                 8: Errors / 133 \\
                 8.1 Finding the Error / 134 \\
                 8.2 \LaTeX{}'s Error Messages / 136 \\
                 8.3 \TeX{}'s Error Messages / 140 \\
                 8.4 \LaTeX{} Warnings / 145 \\
                 8.5 \TeX{} Warnings / 147 \\
                 A: Using MakeIndex / 149 \\
                 A.1 How to Use MakeIndex / 150 \\
                 A.2 How to Generate Index Entries / 150 \\
                 A.2.1 When, Why, What, and How to Index / 150 \\
                 A.2.2 The Basics / 151 \\
                 A.2.3 The Fine Print / 153 \\
                 A.3 Error Messages / 154 \\
                 B: The Bibliography Database / 155 \\
                 B.1 The Format of the bib File / 156 \\
                 B.1.1 The Entry Format / 156 \\
                 B.1.2 The Text of a Field / 157 \\
                 Names / 157 \\
                 Titles / 158 \\
                 B.1.3 Abbreviations / 158 \\
                 B.1.4 Cross-References / 159 \\
                 B.2 The Entries / 160 \\
                 B.2.1 Entry Types / 160 \\
                 B.2.2 Fields / 162 \\
                 C: Reference Manual / 165 \\
                 C.1 Commands and Environments / 166 \\
                 C.1.1 Command Names and Arguments / 166 \\
                 C.1.2 Environments / 167 \\
                 C.1.3 Fragile Commands / 167 \\
                 C.1.4 Declarations / 168 \\
                 C.1.5 Invisible Commands and Environments / 169 \\
                 C.1.6 The\\ Command / 169 \\
                 C.2 The Structure of the Document / 170 \\
                 C.3 Sentences and Paragraphs / 170 \\
                 C.3.1 Making Sentences / 170 \\
                 C.3.2 Making Paragraphs / 171 \\
                 C.3.3 Footnotes / 172 \\
                 C.3.4 Accents and Special Symbols / 173 \\
                 C.4 Sectioning and Table of Contents / 174 \\
                 C.4.1 Sectioning Commands / 174 \\
                 C.4.2 The Appendix / 175 \\
                 C.4.3 Table of Contents / 175 \\
                 C.4.4 Style Parameters / 176 \\
                 C.5 Classes, Packages, and Page Styles / 176 \\
                 C.5.1 Document Class / 176 \\
                 C.5.2 Packages / 178 \\
                 C.5.3 Page Styles / 179 \\
                 C.5.4 The Title Page and Abstract / 181 \\
                 C.6 Displayed Paragraphs / 183 \\
                 C.6.1 Quotations and Verse / 184 \\
                 C.6.2 List-Making Environments / 184 \\
                 C.6.3 The list and trivlist Environments / 185 \\
                 C.6.4 Verbatim / 186 \\
                 C.7 Mathematical Formulas / 187 \\
                 C.7.1 Math Mode Environments / 187 \\
                 C.7.2 Common Structures / 189 \\
                 C.7.3 Mathematical Symbols / 189 \\
                 C.7.4 Arrays / 190 \\
                 C.7.5 Delimiters / 190 \\
                 C.7.6 Putting One Thing Above Another / 190 \\
                 C.7.7 Spacing / 191 \\
                 C.7.8 Changing Style / 191 \\
                 C.8 Definitions, Numbering, and Programming. / 192 \\
                 C.8.1 Defining Commands / 192 \\
                 C.8.2 Defining Environments / 192 \\
                 C.8.3 Theorem-like Environments / 193 \\
                 C.8.4 Numbering / 194 \\
                 C.8.5 The ifthen Package / 195 \\
                 C.9 Figures and Other Floating Bodies / 197 \\
                 C.9.1 Figures and Tables / 197 \\
                 C.9.2 Marginal Notes / 200 \\
                 C.10 Lining It Up in Columns / 201 \\
                 C.10.1 The tabbing Environment / 201 \\
                 C.10.2 The array and tabular Environments / 204 \\
                 C.11 Moving Information Around / 207 \\
                 C.11.1 Files / 207 \\
                 C.11.2 Cross-References / 209 \\
                 C.11.3 Bibliography and Citation / 209 \\
                 C.11.4 Splitting the Input / 210 \\
                 C.11.5 Index and Glossary / 211 \\
                 Producing an Index / 211 \\
                 Compiling the Entries / 212 \\
                 C.11.6 Terminal Input and Output / 212 \\
                 C.12 Line and Page Breaking / 213 \\
                 C.12.1 Line Breaking / 213 \\
                 C.12.2 Page Breaking / 214 \\
                 C.13 Lengths, Spaces, and Boxes / 215 \\
                 C.13.1 Length / 215 \\
                 C.13.2 Space / 216 \\
                 C.13.3 Boxes / 217 \\
                 C.14 Pictures and Color / 219 \\
                 C.14.1 The picture Environment / 219 \\
                 Picture-Mode Commands / 220 \\
                 Picture Objects / 221 \\
                 Picture Declarations / 223 \\
                 C.14.2 The graphics Package. / 223 \\
                 C.14.3 The color Package / 224 \\
                 C.15 Font Selection / 225 \\
                 C.15.1 Changing the Type Style / 225 \\
                 C.15.2 Changing the Type Size / 226 \\
                 C.15.3 Special Symbols / 226 \\
                 D: What's New / 227 \\
                 E: Using Plain TEX Commands / 231 \\
                 Bibliography / 235 \\
                 Index / 237",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lancaster:2014:QFT
author: Tom Lancaster and Stephen Blundell
title: Quantum Field Theory for the Gifted Amateur
publisher: pub-OXFORD
address: pub-OXFORD:adr
pages: xvii + 485
year: 2014
LCCN: QC174.45 .L36 2014
bibdate: Fri Oct 3 15:00:54 MDT 2014
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2014.10.03 15:00:54 MDT
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Tom Lancaster and Stephen Blundell
rawtitle: Quantum Field Theory for the Gifted Amateur
ISBN:
0-19-969933-X (paperback), 0-19-969932-1 (hardcover) OR 019969933X (paperback), 0199699321 (hardcover)

ISBN13:
978-0-19-969933-9 (paperback), 978-0-19-969932-2 (hardcover) OR 9780199699339 (paperback), 9780199699322 (hardcover)

abstract:
Quantum field theory is arguably the most far-reaching and beautiful physical theory ever constructed, with aspects more stringently tested and verified to greater precision than any other theory in physics. Unfortunately, the subject has gained a notorious reputation for difficulty, with forbidding looking mathematics and a peculiar diagrammatic language described in an array of unforgiving, weighty textbooks aimed firmly at aspiring professionals. However, quantum field theory is too important, too beautiful, and too engaging to be restricted to the professionals. This book on quantum field theory is designed to be different. It is written by experimental physicists and aims to provide the interested amateur with a bridge from undergraduate physics to quantum field theory. The imagined reader is a gifted amateur, possessing a curious and adaptable mind, looking to be told an entertaining and intellectually stimulating story, but who will not feel patronised if a few mathematical niceties are spelled out in detail. Using numerous worked examples, diagrams, and careful physically motivated explanations, this book will smooth the path towards understanding the radically different and revolutionary view of the physical world that quantum field theory provides, and which all physicists should have the opportunity to experience.

subject:
Quantum field theory; Amateurs' manuals; Problems, exercises, etc; Quantum field theory; Quantenfeldtheorie

TOC:
Overture I: The Universe as a Set of Harmonic Oscillators 1. Lagrangians 2. Simple harmonic oscillators 3. Occupation number representation 4. Making second quantization work II: Writing Down Lagrangians 5. Continuous systems 6. A first stab at relativistic quantum mechanics 7. Examples of Lagrangians, or how to write down a theory III: The Need for Quantum Fields 8. The passage of time 9. Quantum mechanical transformations 10. Symmetry 11. Canonical quantization of fields 12. Examples of canonical quantization 13. Fields with many components and massive electromagnetism 14. Gauge fields and gauge theory 15. Discrete transformations IV: Propagators and Perturbations 16. Ways of doing quantum mechanics: propagators and Green's functions 17. Propagators and Fields 18. The S-matrix 19. Expanding the S-matrix: Feynman diagrams 20. Scattering theory V: Interlude: Wisdom from Statistical Physics 21. Statistical physics: a crash course 22. The generating functional for fields VI: PATH INTEGRALS 23. Path Integrals: I said to him, ``You're crazy'' 24. Field Integrals 25. Statistical field theory 26. Broken symmetry 27. Coherent states 28. Grassmann numbers: coherent states and the path integral for fermions VII: Topological Ideas 29. Topological objects 30. Topological field theory VIII: Renormalization: Taming the Infinite 31. Renormalization, quasiparticles and the Fermi surface 32. Renormalization: the problem and its solution 33. Renormalization in action: propagators and Feynman diagrams 34. The renormalization group 35. Ferromagnetism: a renormalization group tutorial IX: Putting a Spin on QFT 36. The Dirac equation 37. How to transform a spinor 38. The quantum Dirac field 39. A rough guide to quantum electrodynamics 40. QED scattering: three famous cross sections 41. The renormalization of QED and two great results X: Some Applications from the World of Condensed Matter 42. Superfluids 43. The many-body problem and the metal 44. Superconductors 45. The fractional quantum Hall fluid XI: Some Applications from the World of Particle Physics 46. Non-abelian gauge theory 47. The Weinberg--Salam model 48. Majorana fermions 49. Magnetic monopoles 50. Instantons, tunnelling and the end of the world Appendix A: Further reading Appendix B: Useful complex analysis Index

rawabstract:
Quantum field theory is arguably the most far-reaching and beautiful physical theory ever constructed, with aspects more stringently tested and verified to greater precision than any other theory in physics. Unfortunately, the subject has gained a notorious reputation for difficulty, with forbidding looking mathematics and a peculiar diagrammatic language described in an array of unforgiving, weighty textbooks aimed firmly at aspiring professionals. However, quantum field theory is too important, too beautiful, and too engaging to be restricted to the professionals. This book on quantum field theory is designed to be different. It is written by experimental physicists and aims to provide the interested amateur with a bridge from undergraduate physics to quantum field theory. The imagined reader is a gifted amateur, possessing a curious and adaptable mind, looking to be told an entertaining and intellectually stimulating story, but who will not feel patronised if a few mathematical niceties are spelled out in detail. Using numerous worked examples, diagrams, and careful physically motivated explanations, this book will smooth the path towards understanding the radically different and revolutionary view of the physical world that quantum field theory provides, and which all physicists should have the opportunity to experience.

rawTOC:
Overture \\ I: The Universe as a Set of Harmonic Oscillators \\ 1. Lagrangians \\ 2. Simple harmonic oscillators \\ 3. Occupation number representation \\ 4. Making second quantization work \\ II: Writing Down Lagrangians \\ 5. Continuous systems \\ 6. A first stab at relativistic quantum mechanics \\ 7. Examples of Lagrangians, or how to write down a theory \\ III: The Need for Quantum Fields \\ 8. The passage of time \\ 9. Quantum mechanical transformations \\ 10. Symmetry \\ 11. Canonical quantization of fields \\ 12. Examples of canonical quantization \\ 13. Fields with many components and massive electromagnetism \\ 14. Gauge fields and gauge theory \\ 15. Discrete transformations \\ IV: Propagators and Perturbations \\ 16. Ways of doing quantum mechanics: propagators and Green's functions \\ 17. Propagators and Fields \\ 18. The S-matrix \\ 19. Expanding the S-matrix: Feynman diagrams \\ 20. Scattering theory \\ V: Interlude: Wisdom from Statistical Physics \\ 21. Statistical physics: a crash course \\ 22. The generating functional for fields \\ VI: PATH INTEGRALS \\ 23. Path Integrals: I said to him, ``You're crazy'' \\ 24. Field Integrals \\ 25. Statistical field theory \\ 26. Broken symmetry \\ 27. Coherent states \\ 28. Grassmann numbers: coherent states and the path integral for fermions \\ VII: Topological Ideas \\ 29. Topological objects \\ 30. Topological field theory \\ VIII: Renormalization: Taming the Infinite \\ 31. Renormalization, quasiparticles and the Fermi surface \\ 32. Renormalization: the problem and its solution \\ 33. Renormalization in action: propagators and Feynman diagrams \\ 34. The renormalization group \\ 35. Ferromagnetism: a renormalization group tutorial \\ IX: Putting a Spin on QFT \\ 36. The Dirac equation \\ 37. How to transform a spinor \\ 38. The quantum Dirac field \\ 39. A rough guide to quantum electrodynamics \\ 40. QED scattering: three famous cross sections \\ 41. The renormalization of QED and two great results \\ X: Some Applications from the World of Condensed Matter \\ 42. Superfluids \\ 43. The many-body problem and the metal \\ 44. Superconductors \\ 45. The fractional quantum Hall fluid \\ XI: Some Applications from the World of Particle Physics \\ 46. Non-abelian gauge theory \\ 47. The Weinberg--Salam model \\ 48. Majorana fermions \\ 49. Magnetic monopoles \\ 50. Instantons, tunnelling and the end of the world \\ Appendix A: Further reading \\ Appendix B: Useful complex analysis \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Lancaster:2014:QFT,
  author =       "Tom Lancaster and Stephen Blundell",
  title =        "Quantum Field Theory for the Gifted Amateur",
  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
  pages =        "xvii + 485",
  year =         "2014",
  ISBN =         "0-19-969933-X (paperback), 0-19-969932-1 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-969933-9 (paperback), 978-0-19-969932-2
                 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "QC174.45 .L36 2014",
  bibdate =      "Fri Oct 3 15:00:54 MDT 2014",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  abstract =     "Quantum field theory is arguably the most far-reaching
                 and beautiful physical theory ever constructed, with
                 aspects more stringently tested and verified to greater
                 precision than any other theory in physics.
                 Unfortunately, the subject has gained a notorious
                 reputation for difficulty, with forbidding looking
                 mathematics and a peculiar diagrammatic language
                 described in an array of unforgiving, weighty textbooks
                 aimed firmly at aspiring professionals. However,
                 quantum field theory is too important, too beautiful,
                 and too engaging to be restricted to the professionals.
                 This book on quantum field theory is designed to be
                 different. It is written by experimental physicists and
                 aims to provide the interested amateur with a bridge
                 from undergraduate physics to quantum field theory. The
                 imagined reader is a gifted amateur, possessing a
                 curious and adaptable mind, looking to be told an
                 entertaining and intellectually stimulating story, but
                 who will not feel patronised if a few mathematical
                 niceties are spelled out in detail. Using numerous
                 worked examples, diagrams, and careful physically
                 motivated explanations, this book will smooth the path
                 towards understanding the radically different and
                 revolutionary view of the physical world that quantum
                 field theory provides, and which all physicists should
                 have the opportunity to experience.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Quantum field theory; Amateurs' manuals; Problems,
                 exercises, etc; Quantum field theory;
                 Quantenfeldtheorie",
  tableofcontents = "Overture \\
                 I: The Universe as a Set of Harmonic Oscillators \\
                 1. Lagrangians \\
                 2. Simple harmonic oscillators \\
                 3. Occupation number representation \\
                 4. Making second quantization work \\
                 II: Writing Down Lagrangians \\
                 5. Continuous systems \\
                 6. A first stab at relativistic quantum mechanics \\
                 7. Examples of Lagrangians, or how to write down a
                 theory \\
                 III: The Need for Quantum Fields \\
                 8. The passage of time \\
                 9. Quantum mechanical transformations \\
                 10. Symmetry \\
                 11. Canonical quantization of fields \\
                 12. Examples of canonical quantization \\
                 13. Fields with many components and massive
                 electromagnetism \\
                 14. Gauge fields and gauge theory \\
                 15. Discrete transformations \\
                 IV: Propagators and Perturbations \\
                 16. Ways of doing quantum mechanics: propagators and
                 Green's functions \\
                 17. Propagators and Fields \\
                 18. The S-matrix \\
                 19. Expanding the S-matrix: Feynman diagrams \\
                 20. Scattering theory \\
                 V: Interlude: Wisdom from Statistical Physics \\
                 21. Statistical physics: a crash course \\
                 22. The generating functional for fields \\
                 VI: PATH INTEGRALS \\
                 23. Path Integrals: I said to him, ``You're crazy'' \\
                 24. Field Integrals \\
                 25. Statistical field theory \\
                 26. Broken symmetry \\
                 27. Coherent states \\
                 28. Grassmann numbers: coherent states and the path
                 integral for fermions \\
                 VII: Topological Ideas \\
                 29. Topological objects \\
                 30. Topological field theory \\
                 VIII: Renormalization: Taming the Infinite \\
                 31. Renormalization, quasiparticles and the Fermi
                 surface \\
                 32. Renormalization: the problem and its solution \\
                 33. Renormalization in action: propagators and Feynman
                 diagrams \\
                 34. The renormalization group \\
                 35. Ferromagnetism: a renormalization group tutorial
                 \\
                 IX: Putting a Spin on QFT \\
                 36. The Dirac equation \\
                 37. How to transform a spinor \\
                 38. The quantum Dirac field \\
                 39. A rough guide to quantum electrodynamics \\
                 40. QED scattering: three famous cross sections \\
                 41. The renormalization of QED and two great results
                 \\
                 X: Some Applications from the World of Condensed Matter
                 \\
                 42. Superfluids \\
                 43. The many-body problem and the metal \\
                 44. Superconductors \\
                 45. The fractional quantum Hall fluid \\
                 XI: Some Applications from the World of Particle
                 Physics \\
                 46. Non-abelian gauge theory \\
                 47. The Weinberg--Salam model \\
                 48. Majorana fermions \\
                 49. Magnetic monopoles \\
                 50. Instantons, tunnelling and the end of the world \\
                 Appendix A: Further reading \\
                 Appendix B: Useful complex analysis \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Langenscheidt:2001:LPD
author: Langenscheidt Editorial
title: Langenscheidt's Pocket Dictionary Chinese / English, English / Chinese
publisher: Langenscheidt Publishers
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: 672
year: 2001
ISBN: 1-58573-057-2 OR 1585730572
ISBN13: 978-1-58573-057-5 OR 9781585730575
LCCN: PL1455 .L35 2001
bibdate: Sat Dec 24 11:53:05 MST 2005
bibsource: Amazon; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.24 11:53:05 MST
series: Asian Language Pocket Dictionaries Series
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {Langenscheidt Editorial}
rawtitle: {Langenscheidt}'s Pocket Dictionary {Chinese\slash English, English\slash Chinese}
entry:
@Book{Langenscheidt:2001:LPD,
  author =       "{Langenscheidt Editorial}",
  title =        "{Langenscheidt}'s Pocket Dictionary {Chinese\slash
                 English, English\slash Chinese}",
  publisher =    "Langenscheidt Publishers",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "672",
  year =         "2001",
  ISBN =         "1-58573-057-2",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-58573-057-5",
  LCCN =         "PL1455 .L35 2001",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 11:53:05 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "Amazon;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  series =       "Asian Language Pocket Dictionaries Series",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  bookformat =   "Turtleback",
  category =     "Reference: Dictionaries \& Thesauruses: English
                 (British)",
  comments =     "Pocket Chinese--English, English--Chinese Dictionary
                 is a convenient reference for everyday use containing a
                 wealth of authentic idiomatic expressions and
                 up-to-date words, Pinyin romanization of all Chinese
                 characters, and a Chinese--English section arranged
                 alphabetically according to pronunciation. Over 40,000
                 references.",
  idnumber =     "507",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Langville:2006:GPB
author: Amy N. Langville and Carl D. (Carl Dean) Meyer
title: Google's PageRank and beyond: the science of search engine rankings
publisher: pub-PRINCETON
address: pub-PRINCETON:adr
pages: x + 224
year: 2006
ISBN: 0-691-12202-4 (hardcover) OR 0691122024 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-691-12202-1 (hardcover) OR 9780691122021 (hardcover)
LCCN: TK5105.885.G66 L36 2006
MRclass: 68-02 (00-01 00A05 15A18 68U35)
MRnumber: MR2262054 (2007h:68002)
MRreviewer: Jiu Ding
bibdate: Fri Oct 23 16:04:57 MDT 2009
bibtimestamp: 2009.10.23 16:04:57 MDT
ZMnumber: 1104.68042
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Amy N. Langville and Carl D. (Carl Dean) Meyer
rawtitle: {Google}'s {PageRank} and beyond: the science of search engine rankings
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/pagerank.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0654/2005938841-b.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0654/2005938841-d.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0668/2005938841-t.html

subject:
Google; Web search engines; Web sites; Ratings; Mathematics; Internet searching; World Wide Web; Subject access

TOC:
Preface / ix 1. Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 1.1 A Short History of Information Retrieval / 1 1.2 An Overview of Traditional Information Retrieval / 5 1.3 Web Information Retrieval / 9 2. Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 2.1 Crawling / 15 2.2 The Content Index / 19 2.3 Query Processing / 21 3. Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 3.1 The Scene in 1998 / 25 3.2 Two Theses / 26 3.3 Query-Independence / 30 4. The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 4.1 The Original Summation Formula for PageRank / 32 4.2 Matrix Representation of the Summation Equations / 33 4.3 Problems with the Iterative Process / 34 4.4 A Little Markov Chain Theory / 36 4.5 Early Adjustments to the Basic Model / 36 4.6 Computation of the PageRank Vector / 39 4.7 Theorem and Proof for Spectrum of the Google Matrix / 45 5. Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 5.1 The $alpha $ Factor / 47 5.2 The Hyperlink Matrix $H$ / 48 5.3 The Teleportation Matrix $E$ / 49 6. The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 6.1 Sensitivity with respect to $alpha $ / 57 6.2 Sensitivity with respect to $H$ / 62 6.3 Sensitivity with respect to $v^T$ / 63 6.4 Other Analyses of Sensitivity / 63 6.5 Sensitivity Theorems and Proofs / 66 7. The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 7.1 Properties of $(I - $alpha $ S)$ / 71 7.2 Properties of $(I - $alpha $ H)$ / 72 7.3 Proof of the PageRank Sparse Linear System / 73 8. Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank / 75 8.1 Storage Issues / 75 8.2 Convergence Criterion / 79 8.3 Accuracy / 79 8.4 Dangling Nodes / 80 8.5 Back Button Modeling / 84 9. Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 9.1 An Adaptive Power Method / 89 9.2 Extrapolation / 90 9.3 Aggregation / 94 9.4 Other Numerical Methods / 97 10. Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 10.1 The Two Updating Problems and their History / 100 10.2 Restarting the Power Method / 101 10.3 Approximate Updating Using Approximate Aggregation / 102 10.4 Exact Aggregation / 104 10.5 Exact vs. Approximate Aggregation / 105 10.6 Updating with Iterative Aggregation / 107 10.7 Determining the Partition / 109 10.8 Conclusions / 111 11. The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 11.1 The HITS Algorithm / 115 11.2 HITS Implementation / 117 11.3 HITS Convergence / 119 11.4 HITS Example / 120 11.5 Strengths and Weaknesses of HITS / 122 11.6 HITS's Relationship to Bibliometrics / 123 11.7 Query-Independent HITS / 124 11.8 Accelerating HITS / 126 11.9 HITS Sensitivity / 126 12. Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 131 12.1 SALSA / 131 12.2 Hybrid Ranking Methods / 135 12.3 Rankings based on Traffic Flow / 136 13. The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 13.1 Spam / 139 13.2 Personalization / 142 13.3 Clustering / 142 13.4 Intelligent Agents / 143 13.5 Trends and Time-Sensitive Search / 144 13.6 Privacy and Censorship / 146 13.7 Library Classification Schemes / 147 13.8 Data Fusion / 148 14. Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 14.1 Resources for Getting Started / 149 14.2 Resources for Serious Study / 150 15. The Mathematics Guide / 153 15.1 Linear Algebra / 153 15.2 Perron-Frobenius Theory / 167 15.3 Markov Chains / 175 15.4 Perron Complementation / 186 15.5 Stochastic Complementation / 192 15.6 Censoring / 194 15.7 Aggregation / 195 15.8 Disaggregation / 198 16. Glossary / 201 Bibliography / 207 Index / 219

shortTOC:
Preface / ix 1: Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 2: Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 3: Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 4: The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 5: Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 6: The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 7: The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 8: Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank / 75 9: Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 10: Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 11: The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 12: Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 121 13: The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 14: Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 15: The Mathematics Guide / 153 16: Glossary / 201 Bibliography / 207 Index / 219

rawshortTOC:
Preface / ix \\ 1: Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 \\ 2: Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 \\ 3: Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 \\ 4: The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 \\ 5: Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 \\ 6: The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 \\ 7: The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 \\ 8: Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank / 75 \\ 9: Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 \\ 10: Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 \\ 11: The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 \\ 12: Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 121 \\ 13: The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 \\ 14: Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 \\ 15: The Mathematics Guide / 153 \\ 16: Glossary / 201 \\ Bibliography / 207 \\ Index / 219

rawTOC:
Preface / ix \\ 1. Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 \\ 1.1 A Short History of Information Retrieval / 1 \\ 1.2 An Overview of Traditional Information Retrieval / 5 \\ 1.3 Web Information Retrieval / 9 \\ \\ 2. Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 \\ 2.1 Crawling / 15 \\ 2.2 The Content Index / 19 \\ 2.3 Query Processing / 21 \\ \\ 3. Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 \\ 3.1 The Scene in 1998 / 25 \\ 3.2 Two Theses / 26 \\ 3.3 Query-Independence / 30 \\ \\ 4. The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 \\ 4.1 The Original Summation Formula for PageRank / 32 \\ 4.2 Matrix Representation of the Summation Equations / 33 \\ 4.3 Problems with the Iterative Process / 34 \\ 4.4 A Little Markov Chain Theory / 36 \\ 4.5 Early Adjustments to the Basic Model / 36 \\ 4.6 Computation of the PageRank Vector / 39 \\ 4.7 Theorem and Proof for Spectrum of the Google Matrix / 45 \\ \\ 5. Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 \\ 5.1 The $\alpha$ Factor / 47 \\ 5.2 The Hyperlink Matrix $H$ / 48 \\ 5.3 The Teleportation Matrix $E$ / 49 \\ \\ 6. The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 \\ 6.1 Sensitivity with respect to $\alpha$ / 57 \\ 6.2 Sensitivity with respect to $H$ / 62 \\ 6.3 Sensitivity with respect to $v^T$ / 63 \\ 6.4 Other Analyses of Sensitivity / 63 \\ 6.5 Sensitivity Theorems and Proofs / 66 \\ \\ 7. The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 \\ 7.1 Properties of $(I - $\alpha$ S)$ / 71 \\ 7.2 Properties of $(I - $\alpha$ H)$ / 72 \\ 7.3 Proof of the PageRank Sparse Linear System / 73 \\ \\ 8. Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank / 75 \\ 8.1 Storage Issues / 75 \\ 8.2 Convergence Criterion / 79 \\ 8.3 Accuracy / 79 \\ 8.4 Dangling Nodes / 80 \\ 8.5 Back Button Modeling / 84 \\ \\ 9. Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 \\ 9.1 An Adaptive Power Method / 89 \\ 9.2 Extrapolation / 90 \\ 9.3 Aggregation / 94 \\ 9.4 Other Numerical Methods / 97 \\ \\ 10. Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 \\ 10.1 The Two Updating Problems and their History / 100 \\ 10.2 Restarting the Power Method / 101 \\ 10.3 Approximate Updating Using Approximate Aggregation / 102 \\ 10.4 Exact Aggregation / 104 \\ 10.5 Exact vs. Approximate Aggregation / 105 \\ 10.6 Updating with Iterative Aggregation / 107 \\ 10.7 Determining the Partition / 109 \\ 10.8 Conclusions / 111 \\ \\ 11. The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 \\ 11.1 The HITS Algorithm / 115 \\ 11.2 HITS Implementation / 117 \\ 11.3 HITS Convergence / 119 \\ 11.4 HITS Example / 120 \\ 11.5 Strengths and Weaknesses of HITS / 122 \\ 11.6 HITS's Relationship to Bibliometrics / 123 \\ 11.7 Query-Independent HITS / 124 \\ 11.8 Accelerating HITS / 126 \\ 11.9 HITS Sensitivity / 126 \\ \\ 12. Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 131 \\ 12.1 SALSA / 131 \\ 12.2 Hybrid Ranking Methods / 135 \\ 12.3 Rankings based on Traffic Flow / 136 \\ \\ 13. The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 \\ 13.1 Spam / 139 \\ 13.2 Personalization / 142 \\ 13.3 Clustering / 142 \\ 13.4 Intelligent Agents / 143 \\ 13.5 Trends and Time-Sensitive Search / 144 \\ 13.6 Privacy and Censorship / 146 \\ 13.7 Library Classification Schemes / 147 \\ 13.8 Data Fusion / 148 \\ \\ 14. Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 \\ 14.1 Resources for Getting Started / 149 \\ 14.2 Resources for Serious Study / 150 \\ \\ 15. The Mathematics Guide / 153 \\ 15.1 Linear Algebra / 153 \\ 15.2 Perron-Frobenius Theory / 167 \\ 15.3 Markov Chains / 175 \\ 15.4 Perron Complementation / 186 \\ 15.5 Stochastic Complementation / 192 \\ 15.6 Censoring / 194 \\ 15.7 Aggregation / 195 \\ 15.8 Disaggregation / 198 \\ \\ 16. Glossary / 201 \\ \\ Bibliography / 207 \\ \\ Index / 219

entry:
@Book{Langville:2006:GPB,
  author =       "Amy N. Langville and Carl D. (Carl Dean) Meyer",
  title =        "{Google}'s {PageRank} and beyond: the science of
                 search engine rankings",
  publisher =    pub-PRINCETON,
  address =      pub-PRINCETON:adr,
  pages =        "x + 224",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "0-691-12202-4 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-691-12202-1 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "TK5105.885.G66 L36 2006",
  MRclass =      "68-02 (00-01 00A05 15A18 68U35)",
  MRnumber =     "MR2262054 (2007h:68002)",
  MRreviewer =   "Jiu Ding",
  bibdate =      "Fri Oct 23 16:04:57 MDT 2009",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/g/golub-gene-h.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/pagerank.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0654/2005938841-b.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0654/2005938841-d.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0668/2005938841-t.html",
  ZMnumber =     "1104.68042",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  shorttableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
                 1: Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 \\
                 2: Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 \\
                 3: Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 \\
                 4: The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 \\
                 5: Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 \\
                 6: The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 \\
                 7: The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 \\
                 8: Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank /
                 75 \\
                 9: Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 \\
                 10: Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 \\
                 11: The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 \\
                 12: Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 121 \\
                 13: The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 \\
                 14: Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 \\
                 15: The Mathematics Guide / 153 \\
                 16: Glossary / 201 \\
                 Bibliography / 207 \\
                 Index / 219",
  subject =      "Google; Web search engines; Web sites; Ratings;
                 Mathematics; Internet searching; World Wide Web;
                 Subject access",
  tableofcontents = "Preface / ix \\
                 1. Introduction to Web Search Engines / 1 \\
                 1.1 A Short History of Information Retrieval / 1 \\
                 1.2 An Overview of Traditional Information Retrieval /
                 5 \\
                 1.3 Web Information Retrieval / 9 \\
                 \\
                 2. Crawling, Indexing, and Query Processing / 15 \\
                 2.1 Crawling / 15 \\
                 2.2 The Content Index / 19 \\
                 2.3 Query Processing / 21 \\
                 \\
                 3. Ranking Webpages by Popularity / 25 \\
                 3.1 The Scene in 1998 / 25 \\
                 3.2 Two Theses / 26 \\
                 3.3 Query-Independence / 30 \\
                 \\
                 4. The Mathematics of Google's PageRank / 31 \\
                 4.1 The Original Summation Formula for PageRank / 32
                 \\
                 4.2 Matrix Representation of the Summation Equations /
                 33 \\
                 4.3 Problems with the Iterative Process / 34 \\
                 4.4 A Little Markov Chain Theory / 36 \\
                 4.5 Early Adjustments to the Basic Model / 36 \\
                 4.6 Computation of the PageRank Vector / 39 \\
                 4.7 Theorem and Proof for Spectrum of the Google Matrix
                 / 45 \\
                 \\
                 5. Parameters in the PageRank Model / 47 \\
                 5.1 The $\alpha$ Factor / 47 \\
                 5.2 The Hyperlink Matrix $H$ / 48 \\
                 5.3 The Teleportation Matrix $E$ / 49 \\
                 \\
                 6. The Sensitivity of PageRank / 57 \\
                 6.1 Sensitivity with respect to $\alpha$ / 57 \\
                 6.2 Sensitivity with respect to $H$ / 62 \\
                 6.3 Sensitivity with respect to $v^T$ / 63 \\
                 6.4 Other Analyses of Sensitivity / 63 \\
                 6.5 Sensitivity Theorems and Proofs / 66 \\
                 \\
                 7. The PageRank Problem as a Linear System / 71 \\
                 7.1 Properties of $(I - $\alpha$ S)$ / 71 \\
                 7.2 Properties of $(I - $\alpha$ H)$ / 72 \\
                 7.3 Proof of the PageRank Sparse Linear System / 73 \\
                 \\
                 8. Issues in Large-Scale Implementation of PageRank /
                 75 \\
                 8.1 Storage Issues / 75 \\
                 8.2 Convergence Criterion / 79 \\
                 8.3 Accuracy / 79 \\
                 8.4 Dangling Nodes / 80 \\
                 8.5 Back Button Modeling / 84 \\
                 \\
                 9. Accelerating the Computation of PageRank / 89 \\
                 9.1 An Adaptive Power Method / 89 \\
                 9.2 Extrapolation / 90 \\
                 9.3 Aggregation / 94 \\
                 9.4 Other Numerical Methods / 97 \\
                 \\
                 10. Updating the PageRank Vector / 99 \\
                 10.1 The Two Updating Problems and their History / 100
                 \\
                 10.2 Restarting the Power Method / 101 \\
                 10.3 Approximate Updating Using Approximate Aggregation
                 / 102 \\
                 10.4 Exact Aggregation / 104 \\
                 10.5 Exact vs. Approximate Aggregation / 105 \\
                 10.6 Updating with Iterative Aggregation / 107 \\
                 10.7 Determining the Partition / 109 \\
                 10.8 Conclusions / 111 \\
                 \\
                 11. The HITS Method for Ranking Webpages / 115 \\
                 11.1 The HITS Algorithm / 115 \\
                 11.2 HITS Implementation / 117 \\
                 11.3 HITS Convergence / 119 \\
                 11.4 HITS Example / 120 \\
                 11.5 Strengths and Weaknesses of HITS / 122 \\
                 11.6 HITS's Relationship to Bibliometrics / 123 \\
                 11.7 Query-Independent HITS / 124 \\
                 11.8 Accelerating HITS / 126 \\
                 11.9 HITS Sensitivity / 126 \\
                 \\
                 12. Other Link Methods for Ranking Webpages / 131 \\
                 12.1 SALSA / 131 \\
                 12.2 Hybrid Ranking Methods / 135 \\
                 12.3 Rankings based on Traffic Flow / 136 \\
                 \\
                 13. The Future of Web Information Retrieval / 139 \\
                 13.1 Spam / 139 \\
                 13.2 Personalization / 142 \\
                 13.3 Clustering / 142 \\
                 13.4 Intelligent Agents / 143 \\
                 13.5 Trends and Time-Sensitive Search / 144 \\
                 13.6 Privacy and Censorship / 146 \\
                 13.7 Library Classification Schemes / 147 \\
                 13.8 Data Fusion / 148 \\
                 \\
                 14. Resources for Web Information Retrieval / 149 \\
                 14.1 Resources for Getting Started / 149 \\
                 14.2 Resources for Serious Study / 150 \\
                 \\
                 15. The Mathematics Guide / 153 \\
                 15.1 Linear Algebra / 153 \\
                 15.2 Perron-Frobenius Theory / 167 \\
                 15.3 Markov Chains / 175 \\
                 15.4 Perron Complementation / 186 \\
                 15.5 Stochastic Complementation / 192 \\
                 15.6 Censoring / 194 \\
                 15.7 Aggregation / 195 \\
                 15.8 Disaggregation / 198 \\
                 \\
                 16. Glossary / 201 \\
                 \\
                 Bibliography / 207 \\
                 \\
                 Index / 219",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: LaPaglia:1971:IQC
author: S. (Salvatore) R. La Paglia
title: Introductory Quantum Chemistry
publisher: pub-HARPER-ROW
address: pub-HARPER-ROW:adr
pages: xiii + 402
year: 1971
LCCN: QD462 .L35
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: S. (Salvatore) R. {La Paglia}
rawtitle: Introductory Quantum Chemistry
entry:
@Book{LaPaglia:1971:IQC,
  author =       "S. (Salvatore) R. {La Paglia}",
  title =        "Introductory Quantum Chemistry",
  publisher =    pub-HARPER-ROW,
  address =      pub-HARPER-ROW:adr,
  pages =        "xiii + 402",
  year =         "1971",
  LCCN =         "QD462 .L35",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lapidus:2008:SRZ
author: Michel L. (Michel Laurent) Lapidus
title: In Search of the Riemann Zeros: Strings, Fractal Membranes and Noncommutative Spacetimes
publisher: pub-AMS
address: pub-AMS:adr
pages: xxix + 558
year: 2008
ISBN: 0-8218-4222-6 OR 0821842226
ISBN13: 978-0-8218-4222-5 OR 9780821842225
LCCN: QA333 .L37 2008
bibdate: Fri Aug 14 21:10:27 MDT 2009
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2009.08.14 21:10:27 MDT
subject: Riemann surfaces; functions, zeta; string models; number theory; fractals; space and time; geometry
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Michel L. (Michel Laurent) Lapidus
rawtitle: In Search of the {Riemann} Zeros: Strings, Fractal Membranes and Noncommutative Spacetimes
TOC:
Dedication Quotes Contents Preface Acknowledgments Credits Overview About the cover Introduction String theory on a circle and T-duality: Analogy with the Riemann zeta function Fractal strings and fractal membranes Noncommutative models of fractal strings: Fractal membranes and beyond Towards an `arithmetic site': Moduli spaces of fractal strings and membranes Appendix A. Vertex algebras Appendix B. The Weil conjectures and the Riemann hypothesis Appendix C. The Poisson summation formula, with applications Appendix D. Generalized primes and Beurling zeta functions Appendix E. The Selberg class of zeta functions Appendix F. The noncommutative space of Penrose tilings and quasicrystals Bibliography Conventions Index of symbols Subject index Author index Back Cover

rawTOC:
Dedication \\ Quotes \\ Contents \\ Preface \\ Acknowledgments \\ Credits \\ Overview \\ About the cover \\ Introduction \\ String theory on a circle and T-duality: Analogy with the Riemann zeta function \\ Fractal strings and fractal membranes \\ Noncommutative models of fractal strings: Fractal membranes and beyond \\ Towards an `arithmetic site': Moduli spaces of fractal strings and membranes \\ Appendix A. Vertex algebras \\ Appendix B. The Weil conjectures and the Riemann hypothesis \\ Appendix C. The Poisson summation formula, with applications \\ Appendix D. Generalized primes and Beurling zeta functions \\ Appendix E. The Selberg class of zeta functions \\ Appendix F. The noncommutative space of Penrose tilings and quasicrystals \\ Bibliography \\ Conventions \\ Index of symbols \\ Subject index \\ Author index \\ Back Cover

entry:
@Book{Lapidus:2008:SRZ,
  author =       "Michel L. (Michel Laurent) Lapidus",
  title =        "In Search of the {Riemann} Zeros: Strings, Fractal
                 Membranes and Noncommutative Spacetimes",
  publisher =    pub-AMS,
  address =      pub-AMS:adr,
  pages =        "xxix + 558",
  year =         "2008",
  ISBN =         "0-8218-4222-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8218-4222-5",
  LCCN =         "QA333 .L37 2008",
  bibdate =      "Fri Aug 14 21:10:27 MDT 2009",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Riemann surfaces; functions, zeta; string models;
                 number theory; fractals; space and time; geometry",
  tableofcontents = "Dedication \\
                 Quotes \\
                 Contents \\
                 Preface \\
                 Acknowledgments \\
                 Credits \\
                 Overview \\
                 About the cover \\
                 Introduction \\
                 String theory on a circle and T-duality: Analogy with
                 the Riemann zeta function \\
                 Fractal strings and fractal membranes \\
                 Noncommutative models of fractal strings: Fractal
                 membranes and beyond \\
                 Towards an `arithmetic site': Moduli spaces of fractal
                 strings and membranes \\
                 Appendix A. Vertex algebras \\
                 Appendix B. The Weil conjectures and the Riemann
                 hypothesis \\
                 Appendix C. The Poisson summation formula, with
                 applications \\
                 Appendix D. Generalized primes and Beurling zeta
                 functions \\
                 Appendix E. The Selberg class of zeta functions \\
                 Appendix F. The noncommutative space of Penrose tilings
                 and quasicrystals \\
                 Bibliography \\
                 Conventions \\
                 Index of symbols \\
                 Subject index \\
                 Author index \\
                 Back Cover",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lapin:1987:PCU
author: J. E. Lapin
title: Portable C and UNIX Programming
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xiv + 249
year: 1987
ISBN: 0-13-686494-5 OR 0136864945
ISBN13: 978-0-13-686494-3 OR 9780136864943
LCCN: QA76.73.C15 L36 1987
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:38:06 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:38:06 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: J. E. Lapin
rawtitle: Portable {C} and {UNIX} Programming
entry:
@Book{Lapin:1987:PCU,
  author =       "J. E. Lapin",
  title =        "Portable {C} and {UNIX} Programming",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 249",
  year =         "1987",
  ISBN =         "0-13-686494-5",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-686494-3",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.C15 L36 1987",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:06 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Larousse:2006:PLI
editor: Larousse
title: Le Petit Larousse Illustre
publisher: Larousse
address: 21, rue du Montparnasse, 75283 Paris Cedex 06, France
pages: 1918
year: 2006
ISBN: 2-03-582492-3 OR 2035824923
ISBN13: 978-2-03-582492-9 OR 9782035824929
LCCN: AG25 N75 2006
bibdate: Thu Nov 16 15:48:50 2006
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2006.11.16 15:48:50 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: {Larousse}
rawtitle: Le Petit {Larousse} Illustr{\'e}
entry:
@Book{Larousse:2006:PLI,
  editor =       "{Larousse}",
  title =        "Le Petit {Larousse} Illustr{\'e}",
  publisher =    "Larousse",
  address =      "21, rue du Montparnasse, 75283 Paris Cedex 06,
                 France",
  pages =        "1918",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "2-03-582492-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-2-03-582492-9",
  LCCN =         "AG25 N75 2006",
  bibdate =      "Thu Nov 16 15:48:50 2006",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$78.95",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Larsen:1989:LPD
author: Steen Larsen
title: LaTeX paa dansk
publisher: pub-UNIC
address: pub-UNIC:adr
pages: viii + 111
year: 1989
ISBN: 87-7252-089-2 OR 8772520892
ISBN13: 978-87-7252-089-6 OR 9788772520896
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 17:54:21 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 17:54:21 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Steen Larsen
rawtitle: {\LaTeX} p{\aa} dansk
entry:
@Book{Larsen:1989:LPD,
  author =       "Steen Larsen",
  title =        "{\LaTeX} p{\aa} dansk",
  publisher =    pub-UNIC,
  address =      pub-UNIC:adr,
  pages =        "viii + 111",
  year =         "1989",
  ISBN =         "87-7252-089-2",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-87-7252-089-6",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 17:54:21 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Latimer:1952:OSE
author: Wendell M. Latimer
title: The oxidation states of the elements and their potentials in aqueous solutions
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
edition: Second
pages: xvi + 392
year: 1952
LCCN: QD561 .L35 1952
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Wendell M. Latimer
rawtitle: The oxidation states of the elements and their potentials in aqueous solutions
entry:
@Book{Latimer:1952:OSE,
  author =       "Wendell M. Latimer",
  title =        "The oxidation states of the elements and their
                 potentials in aqueous solutions",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "xvi + 392",
  year =         "1952",
  LCCN =         "QD561 .L35 1952",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Laurie:1997:ADG
author: Ben Laurie and Peter Laurie
title: Apache: The Definitive Guide
publisher: pub-ORA
address: pub-ORA:adr
pages: xvi + 255
year: 1997
ISBN: 1-56592-250-6 OR 1565922506
ISBN13: 978-1-56592-250-1 OR 9781565922501
LCCN: QA76.76.A7 L3 1997
bibdate: Wed Jul 23 14:54:43 MDT 1997
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1997.07.23 14:54:43 MDT
URL: http://www.ora.com/catalog/apache/; http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/apache
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ben Laurie and Peter Laurie
rawtitle: {Apache}: The Definitive Guide
entry:
@Book{Laurie:1997:ADG,
  author =       "Ben Laurie and Peter Laurie",
  title =        "{Apache}: The Definitive Guide",
  publisher =    pub-ORA,
  address =      pub-ORA:adr,
  pages =        "xvi + 255",
  year =         "1997",
  ISBN =         "1-56592-250-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-56592-250-1",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.A7 L3 1997",
  bibdate =      "Wed Jul 23 14:54:43 MDT 1997",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$34.95",
  URL =          "http://www.ora.com/catalog/apache/;
                 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/apache",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lawson:1974:SLS
author: Charles L. Lawson and Richard J. Hanson
title: Solving Least Squares Problems
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xii + 340
year: 1974
ISBN: 0-13-822585-0 OR 0138225850
ISBN13: 978-0-13-822585-8 OR 9780138225858
LCCN: QA275 .L425 1974
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:38:07 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:38:07 ???
series: Prentice-Hall Series in Automatic Computation
ZMnumber: 0860.65028
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Charles L. Lawson and Richard J. Hanson
rawtitle: Solving Least Squares Problems
subject:
Least squares; Data processing; Moindres carres; Informatique; Mathematiques; Traitement des donnees; Ordinateurs; Programmation informatique; Data processing; Niet-lineaire problemen; Kwadratische systemen; Kleinste-kwadratenmethode; Computers; Algorithmus; Ausgleichsrechnung; Datenverarbeitung; Methode der kleinsten Quadrate; informatique; Electronic Data Processing; Regression Analysis

TOC:
Analysis of the least squares problem Orthogonal decomposition by certain elementary orthogonal transformations Orthogonal decomposition by singular values Bounds for the condition number of a triangular matrix The pseudoinverse Pertubation bounds for the pseudoinverse Perturbation bounds for the solution of problem LS Numerical computations using elementary orthogonal transformations Computing the solution for the overdetermined or exactly determined full rank problem Computation of the covariance matrix of the solution parameters Computing the solution for the underdetermined full rank problem Computing the solution for problem LS with possibly deficient pseudorank Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS using mixed precision arithmetic Computation of the singular value decomposition and the solution of problem LS Other methods for least squares problems Linear least squares with linear equality constraints using a basis of the null space Linear least squares with linear equality constraints by direct elimination Linear least squares with linear equality constraints by weighting Linear least squares with linear inequality constraints Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove column vectors Practical analysis of least squares problems Example of some methods of analyzing a least squares problem Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove row vectors with application to sequential processing of problems having a large or banded coefficient matrix Basic Linear Algebra Including Projections Proof of Global Quadratic Convergence of the $ Q R $ Algorithm Description and Use of FORTRAN Codes for Solving Problem LS Developments from 1974 to 1995 Bibliography Index

rawTOC:
Analysis of the least squares problem \\ Orthogonal decomposition by certain elementary orthogonal transformations \\ Orthogonal decomposition by singular values \\ Bounds for the condition number of a triangular matrix \\ The pseudoinverse \\ Pertubation bounds for the pseudoinverse \\ Perturbation bounds for the solution of problem LS \\ Numerical computations using elementary orthogonal transformations \\ Computing the solution for the overdetermined or exactly determined full rank problem \\ Computation of the covariance matrix of the solution parameters \\ Computing the solution for the underdetermined full rank problem \\ Computing the solution for problem LS with possibly deficient pseudorank \\ Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS \\ Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS using mixed precision arithmetic \\ Computation of the singular value decomposition and the solution of problem LS \\ Other methods for least squares problems \\ Linear least squares with linear equality constraints using a basis of the null space \\ Linear least squares with linear equality constraints by direct elimination \\ Linear least squares with linear equality constraints by weighting \\ Linear least squares with linear inequality constraints \\ Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove column vectors \\ Practical analysis of least squares problems \\ Example of some methods of analyzing a least squares problem \\ Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove row vectors with application to sequential processing of problems having a large or banded coefficient matrix \\ Basic Linear Algebra Including Projections \\ Proof of Global Quadratic Convergence of the $ Q R $ Algorithm \\ Description and Use of FORTRAN Codes for Solving Problem LS \\ Developments from 1974 to 1995 \\ Bibliography \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Lawson:1974:SLS,
  author =       "Charles L. Lawson and Richard J. Hanson",
  title =        "Solving Least Squares Problems",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 340",
  year =         "1974",
  ISBN =         "0-13-822585-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-822585-8",
  LCCN =         "QA275 .L425 1974",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:07 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  series =       "Prentice-Hall Series in Automatic Computation",
  ZMnumber =     "0860.65028",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Least squares; Data processing; Moindres carr{\'e}s;
                 Informatique; Math{\'e}matiques; Traitement des
                 donn{\'e}es; Ordinateurs; Programmation informatique;
                 Data processing; Niet-lineaire problemen; Kwadratische
                 systemen; Kleinste-kwadratenmethode; Computers;
                 Algorithmus; Ausgleichsrechnung; Datenverarbeitung;
                 Methode der kleinsten Quadrate; informatique;
                 Electronic Data Processing; Regression Analysis",
  tableofcontents = "Analysis of the least squares problem \\
                 Orthogonal decomposition by certain elementary
                 orthogonal transformations \\
                 Orthogonal decomposition by singular values \\
                 Bounds for the condition number of a triangular matrix
                 \\
                 The pseudoinverse \\
                 Pertubation bounds for the pseudoinverse \\
                 Perturbation bounds for the solution of problem LS \\
                 Numerical computations using elementary orthogonal
                 transformations \\
                 Computing the solution for the overdetermined or
                 exactly determined full rank problem \\
                 Computation of the covariance matrix of the solution
                 parameters \\
                 Computing the solution for the underdetermined full
                 rank problem \\
                 Computing the solution for problem LS with possibly
                 deficient pseudorank \\
                 Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS \\
                 Analysis of computing errors for the problem LS using
                 mixed precision arithmetic \\
                 Computation of the singular value decomposition and the
                 solution of problem LS \\
                 Other methods for least squares problems \\
                 Linear least squares with linear equality constraints
                 using a basis of the null space \\
                 Linear least squares with linear equality constraints
                 by direct elimination \\
                 Linear least squares with linear equality constraints
                 by weighting \\
                 Linear least squares with linear inequality constraints
                 \\
                 Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove
                 column vectors \\
                 Practical analysis of least squares problems \\
                 Example of some methods of analyzing a least squares
                 problem \\
                 Modifying a $ Q R $ decomposition to add or remove row
                 vectors with application to sequential processing of
                 problems having a large or banded coefficient matrix
                 \\
                 Basic Linear Algebra Including Projections \\
                 Proof of Global Quadratic Convergence of the $ Q R $
                 Algorithm \\
                 Description and Use of FORTRAN Codes for Solving
                 Problem LS \\
                 Developments from 1974 to 1995 \\
                 Bibliography \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: techreport
filename: master.bib
label: Lawson:sf3
author: C. L. Lawson and J. A. Flynn
title: SFTRAN3 Programmer's Reference Manual
number: 1846-98
institution: pub-JPL
address: pub-JPL:adr
pages: xii + 340
month: dec
monthnumber: 12
year: 1978
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: C. L. Lawson and J. A. Flynn
rawtitle: {SFTRAN3} Programmer's Reference Manual
entry:
@TechReport{Lawson:sf3,
  author =       "C. L. Lawson and J. A. Flynn",
  title =        "{SFTRAN3} Programmer's Reference Manual",
  number =       "1846-98",
  institution =  pub-JPL,
  address =      pub-JPL:adr,
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1978",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: techreport
filename: master.bib
label: Lawson:sftran
author: C. L. Lawson
title: SFTRAN Language Constructs Supported by a Portable Preprocessor
number: JPL Section 366 Internal Computing Memorandum 437
institution: pub-JPL
address: pub-JPL:adr
pages: xii + 340
month: jan
monthnumber: 1
year: 1978
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: C. L. Lawson
rawtitle: {SFTRAN} Language Constructs Supported by a Portable Preprocessor
entry:
@TechReport{Lawson:sftran,
  author =       "C. L. Lawson",
  title =        "{SFTRAN} Language Constructs Supported by a Portable
                 Preprocessor",
  number =       "JPL Section 366 Internal Computing Memorandum 437",
  institution =  pub-JPL,
  address =      pub-JPL:adr,
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1978",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: techreport
filename: master.bib
label: Lawson:sftran-conversion
author: C. L. Lawson and W. V. Snyder
title: Conversion of SFTRAN Programs to SFTRAN 3
number: 1846-99
institution: pub-JPL
address: pub-JPL:adr
pages: xii + 340
month: dec
monthnumber: 12
year: 1978
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: C. L. Lawson and W. V. Snyder
rawtitle: Conversion of {SFTRAN} Programs to {SFTRAN 3}
entry:
@TechReport{Lawson:sftran-conversion,
  author =       "C. L. Lawson and W. V. Snyder",
  title =        "Conversion of {SFTRAN} Programs to {SFTRAN 3}",
  number =       "1846-99",
  institution =  pub-JPL,
  address =      pub-JPL:adr,
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1978",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Le-Ngoc:1989:IPF
author: Tho Le-Ngoc and Minh Tue Vo
title: Implementation and Performance of the Fast Hartley Transform
journal: j-IEEE-MICRO
volume: 9
number: 5
pages: 20--27
month: sep
monthnumber: 9
year: 1989
CODEN: IEMIDZ
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1109/40.45824
ISSN: 0272-1732 (print), 1937-4143 (electronic) OR 02721732 (print), 19374143 (electronic)
ISSNL: 0272-1732 OR 02721732
bibdate: Thu Dec 14 06:08:58 MST 2000
bibtimestamp: 2000.12.14 06:08:58 MST
fjournal: IEEE Micro
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
affiliation: Concordia Univ, Montreal, Can
classcodes: C4190 (Other numerical methods); C5260 (Digital signal processing)
corpsource: Concordia Univ., Montreal, Que., Canada
treatment: P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical
rawauthor: Tho Le-Ngoc and Minh Tue Vo
rawtitle: Implementation and Performance of the {Fast Hartley Transform}
bibsource:
Compendex database; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ieeemicro.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; Science Citation Index database (1980--2000)

keywords:
computerised signal processing; Computers, Digital; convolution; digital signal processors; execution time; fast Fourier; Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); fast Fourier transforms; fast Hartley transform; Fast Hartley Transform (FHT); hardware; Mathematical Transformations--Fast Fourier Transforms; memory storage requirements; microprocessors; power spectrum calculation; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques; software; Special Purpose Application; transform

entry:
@Article{Le-Ngoc:1989:IPF,
  author =       "Tho Le-Ngoc and Minh Tue Vo",
  title =        "Implementation and Performance of the {Fast Hartley
                 Transform}",
  journal =      j-IEEE-MICRO,
  volume =       "9",
  number =       "5",
  pages =        "20--27",
  month =        sep # "\slash " # oct,
  year =         "1989",
  CODEN =        "IEMIDZ",
  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1109/40.45824",
  ISSN =         "0272-1732 (print), 1937-4143 (electronic)",
  ISSN-L =       "0272-1732",
  bibdate =      "Thu Dec 14 06:08:58 MST 2000",
  bibsource =    "Compendex database;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/ieeemicro.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 Science Citation Index database (1980--2000)",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  affiliation =  "Concordia Univ, Montreal, Can",
  classcodes =   "C4190 (Other numerical methods); C5260 (Digital signal
                 processing)",
  classification = "721; 722; 723; 921",
  corpsource =   "Concordia Univ., Montreal, Que., Canada",
  fjournal =     "IEEE Micro",
  keywords =     "computerised signal processing; Computers, Digital;
                 convolution; digital signal processors; execution time;
                 fast Fourier; Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); fast
                 Fourier transforms; fast Hartley transform; Fast
                 Hartley Transform (FHT); hardware; Mathematical
                 Transformations--Fast Fourier Transforms; memory
                 storage requirements; microprocessors; power spectrum
                 calculation; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
                 software; Special Purpose Application; transform",
  treatment =    "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lebedev:1972:SFT
author: N. N. (Nikolai Nikolaevich) Lebedev
title: Special functions and their applications
publisher: pub-DOVER
address: pub-DOVER:adr
pages: xii + 308
year: 1972
ISBN: 0-486-60624-4 (paperback) OR 0486606244 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-486-60624-8 (paperback) OR 9780486606248 (paperback)
LCCN: QA351 .L3613 1972
bibdate: Sat Oct 30 16:25:05 MDT 2010
bibtimestamp: 2010.10.30 16:25:05 MDT
note: Translated to English and edited by Richard A. Silverman.
URL: http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/dover031/72086228.html
remark: Translation of Speetisialnye funketisii i ikh prilozhenieiia.
subject: Functions, Special; Mathematical physics
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: N. N. (Nikolai Nikolaevich) Lebedev
rawnote: Translated to English and edited by Richard A. Silverman.
rawtitle: Special functions and their applications
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/elefunt.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

TOC:
1 The Gamma Function 1.1. Definition of the Gamma Function 1.2. Some Relations Satisfied by the Gamma Function 1.3. The Logarithmic Derivative of the Gamma Function 1.4. Asymptotic Representation of the Gamma Function for Large $ |z| $ 1.5. Definite Integrals Related to the Gamma Function Problems 2 The Probability Integral and Related Functions 2.1. The Probability Integral and Its Basic Properties 2.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Probability Integral for Large $|z|$ 2.3. The Probability Integral of Imaginary Argument. The Function $F(z)$ 2.4. The Probability Integral of Argument $sqrt i x$. The Fresnel Integrals, 21. 2.5. Application to Probability Theory 2.6. Application to the Theory of Heat Conduction. Cooling of the Surface of a Heated Object 2.7. Application to the Theory of Vibrations. Transverse Vibrations of an Infinite Rod under the Action of a Suddenly Applied Concentrated Force Problems 3 The Exponential Integral and Related Functions 3.1. The Exponential Integral and its Basic Properties 3.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Exponential Integral for Large $|z|$ 3.3. The Exponential Integral of Imaginary Argument. The Sine and Cosine Integrals 3.4. The Logarithmic Integral 3.5. Application to Electromagnetic Theory, Radiation of a Linear Half-Wave Oscillator Problems 4 Orthogonal Polynomials 4.1. Introductory Remarks 4.2. Definition and Generating Function of the Legendre Polynomials 4.3. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Legendre Polynomials 4.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Polynomials 4.5. Orthogonality of the Legendre Polynomials 4.6. Asymptotic Representation of the Legendre Polynomials for Large $n$ 4.7. Expansion of Functions in Series of Legendre Polynomials 4.8. Examples of Expansions in Series of Legendre Polynomials 4.9. Definition and Generating Function of the Hermite Polynomials 4.10. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Hermite Polynomials 4.11. Integral Representations of the Hermite Polynomials 4.12. Integral Equations Satisfied by the Hermite Polynomials 4.13. Orthogonality of the Hermite Polynomials 4.14. Asymptotic Representation of the Hermite Polynomials for Large n 4.15. Expansion of Functions in Series of Hermite Polynomials 4.16. Examples of Expansions in Series of Hermite Polynomials 4.17. Definition and Generating Function of the Laguerre Polynomials 4.18. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Laguerre Polynomials 4.19. An Integral Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials. Relation between the Laguerre and Hermite Polynomials 4.20. An Integral Equation Satisfied by the Laguerre Polynomials 4.21. Orthogonality of the Laguerre Polynomials 4.22. Asymptotic Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials for Large $n$ 4.23. Expansion of Functions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials 4.24. Examples of Expansions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials 4.25. Application to the Theory of Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves. Reflection from the End of a Long Transmission Line Terminated by a Lumped Inductance Problems 5 Cylinder Functions: Theory 5.1. Introductory Remarks 5.2. Bessel Functions of Nonnegative Integral Order 5.3. Bessel Functions of Arbitrary Order 5.4. General Cylinder Functions. Bessel Functions of the Second Kind 5.5. Series Expansion of the Function$ $Y_n(z)$ 5.6. Bessel Functions of the Third Kind 5.7. Bessel Functions of Imaginary Argument 5.8. Cylinder Functions of Half-Integral Order 5.9. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Bessel s Equation 5.10. Integral Representations of the Cylinder Functions 5.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Cylinder Functions for Large $|z|$ 5.12. Addition Theorems for the Cylinder Functions, 124.Zeros of the Cylinder Functions 5.13. Expansions in Series and Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions 5.14. Definite Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions 5.15. Cylinder Functions of Nonnegative Argument and Order 5.16. Airy Functions Problems 6 Cylinder Functions: Applications 6.1. Introductory Remarks 6.2. Separation of Variables in Cylindrical Coordinates 6.3. The Boundary Value Problems of Potential Theory. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cylinder 6.4. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Parallel Planes 6.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Wedge 6.6. The Field of a Point Charge near the Edge of a Conducting Sheet 6.7. Cooling of a Heated Cylinder 6.8. Diffraction by a Cylinder Problems 7 Spherical Harmonics: Theory 7.1. Introductory Remarks 7.2. The Hypergeometric Equation and Its Series Solution 7.3. Legendre Functions 7.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Functions 7.5. Some Relations Satisfied by the Legendre Functions 7.6. Series Representations of the Legendre Functions 7.7. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Legend-re s Equation 7.8. Recurrence Relations for the Legendre Functions 7.9. Legendre Functions of Nonnegative Integral Degree and Their Relation to Legendre Polynomials 7.10. Legendre Functions of Half-Integral Degree 7.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Legendre Functions for Large $|v|$ 7.12. Associated Legendre Functions Problems 8 Spherical Harmonics: Applications 8.1. Introductory Remarks 8.2. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spherical Coordinates 8.3. The Dirichlet Problem for a Sphere 8.4. The Field of a Point Charge Inside a Hollow Conducting Sphere 8.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cone 8.6. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spheroidal Coordinates 8.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Spheroid 8.8. The Gravitational Attraction of a Homogeneous Solid Spheroid 8.9. The Dirichlet Problem for a Hyperboloid of Revolution 8.10. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Toroidal Coordinates 8.11. The Dirichlet Problem for a Torus 8.12. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Intersecting Spheres 8.13. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Bipolar Coordinates 8.14. Solution of Helmholtz's Equation in Spherical Coordinates Problems 9 Hypergeometric Functions 9.1. The Hypergeometric Series and Its Analytic Continuation 9.2. Elementary Properties of the Hypergeometric Function 9.3. Evaluation of $F(alpha , beta ; gamma ; z)$ for $Re (gamma alpha beta ) > 0$, 243. 9.4. $F(alpha , beta ; gamma ; z)$ as a Function of its Parameters 9.5. Linear Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function 9.6. Quadratic Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function 9.7. Formulas for Analytic Continuation of $F(alpha , beta ; gamma ; z)$ in Exceptional Cases 9.8. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Hypergeometric Function 9.9. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function 9.10. The Differential Equation for the Confluent Hypergeometric Function and Its Solution. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function of the Second Kind 9.11. Integral Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions 9.12. Asymptotic Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions for Large $|z|$ 9.13. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions 9.14. Generalized Hypergeometric Functions Problems 10 Parabolic Cylinder Functions 10.1. Separation of Variables in Laplace's Equation in Parabolic Coordinates 10.2. Hermite Functions 10.3. Some Relations Satisfied by the Hermite Functions 10.4. Recurrence Relations for the Hermite Functions 10.5. Integral Representations of the Hermite Functions 10.6. Asymptotic Representations of the Hermite Functions for Large $|z|$ 10.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Parabolic Cylinder 10.8. Application to Quantum Mechanics Problems Bibliography Index

rawTOC:
1 The Gamma Function \\ \\ 1.1. Definition of the Gamma Function \\ 1.2. Some Relations Satisfied by the Gamma Function \\ 1.3. The Logarithmic Derivative of the Gamma Function \\ 1.4. Asymptotic Representation of the Gamma Function for Large $ |z| $ \\ 1.5. Definite Integrals Related to the Gamma Function \\ Problems \\ \\ 2 The Probability Integral and Related Functions \\ \\ 2.1. The Probability Integral and Its Basic Properties \\ 2.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Probability Integral for Large $|z|$ \\ 2.3. The Probability Integral of Imaginary Argument. The Function $F(z)$ \\ 2.4. The Probability Integral of Argument $\sqrt{i} x$. The Fresnel Integrals, 21. \\ 2.5. Application to Probability Theory \\ 2.6. Application to the Theory of Heat Conduction. Cooling of the Surface of a Heated Object \\ 2.7. Application to the Theory of Vibrations. Transverse Vibrations of an Infinite Rod under the Action of a Suddenly Applied Concentrated Force \\ Problems \\ \\ 3 The Exponential Integral and Related Functions \\ \\ 3.1. The Exponential Integral and its Basic Properties \\ 3.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Exponential Integral for Large $|z|$ \\ 3.3. The Exponential Integral of Imaginary Argument. The Sine and Cosine Integrals \\ 3.4. The Logarithmic Integral \\ 3.5. Application to Electromagnetic Theory, Radiation of a Linear Half-Wave Oscillator Problems \\ \\ 4 Orthogonal Polynomials \\ \\ 4.1. Introductory Remarks \\ 4.2. Definition and Generating Function of the Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.3. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.5. Orthogonality of the Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.6. Asymptotic Representation of the Legendre Polynomials for Large $n$ \\ 4.7. Expansion of Functions in Series of Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.8. Examples of Expansions in Series of Legendre Polynomials \\ 4.9. Definition and Generating Function of the Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.10. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.11. Integral Representations of the Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.12. Integral Equations Satisfied by the Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.13. Orthogonality of the Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.14. Asymptotic Representation of the Hermite Polynomials for Large n \\ 4.15. Expansion of Functions in Series of Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.16. Examples of Expansions in Series of Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.17. Definition and Generating Function of the Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.18. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.19. An Integral Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials. Relation between the Laguerre and Hermite Polynomials \\ 4.20. An Integral Equation Satisfied by the Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.21. Orthogonality of the Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.22. Asymptotic Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials for Large $n$ \\ 4.23. Expansion of Functions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.24. Examples of Expansions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials \\ 4.25. Application to the Theory of Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves. Reflection from the End of a Long Transmission Line Terminated by a Lumped Inductance \\ Problems \\ \\ 5 Cylinder Functions: Theory \\ \\ 5.1. Introductory Remarks \\ 5.2. Bessel Functions of Nonnegative Integral Order \\ 5.3. Bessel Functions of Arbitrary Order \\ 5.4. General Cylinder Functions. Bessel Functions of the Second Kind \\ 5.5. Series Expansion of the Function$ $Y_n(z)$ \\ 5.6. Bessel Functions of the Third Kind \\ 5.7. Bessel Functions of Imaginary Argument \\ 5.8. Cylinder Functions of Half-Integral Order \\ 5.9. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Bessel s Equation \\ 5.10. Integral Representations of the Cylinder Functions \\ 5.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Cylinder Functions for Large $|z|$ \\ 5.12. Addition Theorems for the Cylinder Functions, 124.Zeros of the Cylinder Functions \\ 5.13. Expansions in Series and Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions \\ 5.14. Definite Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions \\ 5.15. Cylinder Functions of Nonnegative Argument and Order \\ 5.16. Airy Functions \\ Problems \\ \\ 6 Cylinder Functions: Applications \\ \\ 6.1. Introductory Remarks \\ 6.2. Separation of Variables in Cylindrical Coordinates \\ 6.3. The Boundary Value Problems of Potential Theory. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cylinder \\ 6.4. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Parallel Planes \\ 6.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Wedge \\ 6.6. The Field of a Point Charge near the Edge of a Conducting Sheet \\ 6.7. Cooling of a Heated Cylinder \\ 6.8. Diffraction by a Cylinder \\ Problems \\ \\ 7 Spherical Harmonics: Theory \\ \\ 7.1. Introductory Remarks \\ 7.2. The Hypergeometric Equation and Its Series Solution \\ 7.3. Legendre Functions \\ 7.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Functions \\ 7.5. Some Relations Satisfied by the Legendre Functions \\ 7.6. Series Representations of the Legendre Functions \\ 7.7. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Legend-re s Equation \\ 7.8. Recurrence Relations for the Legendre Functions \\ 7.9. Legendre Functions of Nonnegative Integral Degree and Their Relation to Legendre Polynomials \\ 7.10. Legendre Functions of Half-Integral Degree \\ 7.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Legendre Functions for Large $|v|$ \\ 7.12. Associated Legendre Functions \\ Problems \\ \\ 8 Spherical Harmonics: Applications \\ \\ 8.1. Introductory Remarks \\ 8.2. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spherical Coordinates \\ 8.3. The Dirichlet Problem for a Sphere \\ 8.4. The Field of a Point Charge Inside a Hollow Conducting Sphere \\ 8.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cone \\ 8.6. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spheroidal Coordinates \\ 8.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Spheroid \\ 8.8. The Gravitational Attraction of a Homogeneous Solid Spheroid \\ 8.9. The Dirichlet Problem for a Hyperboloid of Revolution \\ 8.10. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Toroidal Coordinates \\ 8.11. The Dirichlet Problem for a Torus \\ 8.12. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Intersecting Spheres \\ 8.13. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Bipolar Coordinates \\ 8.14. Solution of Helmholtz's Equation in Spherical Coordinates \\ Problems \\ \\ 9 Hypergeometric Functions \\ \\ 9.1. The Hypergeometric Series and Its Analytic Continuation \\ 9.2. Elementary Properties of the Hypergeometric Function \\ 9.3. Evaluation of $F(\alpha, \beta; \gamma; z)$ for $\Re(\gamma \alpha \beta) > 0$, 243. \\ 9.4. $F(\alpha, \beta; \gamma; z)$ as a Function of its Parameters \\ 9.5. Linear Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function \\ 9.6. Quadratic Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function \\ 9.7. Formulas for Analytic Continuation of $F(\alpha, \beta; \gamma; z)$ in Exceptional Cases \\ 9.8. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Hypergeometric Function \\ 9.9. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function \\ 9.10. The Differential Equation for the Confluent Hypergeometric Function and Its Solution. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function of the Second Kind \\ 9.11. Integral Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions \\ 9.12. Asymptotic Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions for Large $|z|$ \\ 9.13. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions \\ 9.14. Generalized Hypergeometric Functions \\ Problems \\ \\ 10 Parabolic Cylinder Functions \\ \\ 10.1. Separation of Variables in Laplace's Equation in Parabolic Coordinates \\ 10.2. Hermite Functions \\ 10.3. Some Relations Satisfied by the Hermite Functions \\ 10.4. Recurrence Relations for the Hermite Functions \\ 10.5. Integral Representations of the Hermite Functions \\ 10.6. Asymptotic Representations of the Hermite Functions for Large $|z|$ \\ 10.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Parabolic Cylinder \\ 10.8. Application to Quantum Mechanics \\ Problems \\ \\ Bibliography \\ \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Lebedev:1972:SFT,
  author =       "N. N. (Nikolai Nikolaevich) Lebedev",
  title =        "Special functions and their applications",
  publisher =    pub-DOVER,
  address =      pub-DOVER:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 308",
  year =         "1972",
  ISBN =         "0-486-60624-4 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-486-60624-8 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA351 .L3613 1972",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 30 16:25:05 MDT 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/elefunt.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  note =         "Translated to English and edited by Richard A.
                 Silverman.",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/dover031/72086228.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  remark =       "Translation of Spe{\"e}t{\`\i}sial\S{}nye
                 funk{\"e}t{\`\i}sii i ikh prilozheni{\"e}i{\`\i}a.",
  subject =      "Functions, Special; Mathematical physics",
  tableofcontents = "1 The Gamma Function \\
                 \\
                 1.1. Definition of the Gamma Function \\
                 1.2. Some Relations Satisfied by the Gamma Function \\
                 1.3. The Logarithmic Derivative of the Gamma Function
                 \\
                 1.4. Asymptotic Representation of the Gamma Function
                 for Large $ |z| $ \\
                 1.5. Definite Integrals Related to the Gamma Function
                 \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 2 The Probability Integral and Related Functions \\
                 \\
                 2.1. The Probability Integral and Its Basic Properties
                 \\
                 2.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Probability
                 Integral for Large $|z|$ \\
                 2.3. The Probability Integral of Imaginary Argument.
                 The Function $F(z)$ \\
                 2.4. The Probability Integral of Argument $\sqrt{i} x$.
                 The Fresnel Integrals, 21. \\
                 2.5. Application to Probability Theory \\
                 2.6. Application to the Theory of Heat Conduction.
                 Cooling of the Surface of a Heated Object \\
                 2.7. Application to the Theory of Vibrations.
                 Transverse Vibrations of an Infinite Rod under the
                 Action of a Suddenly Applied Concentrated Force \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 3 The Exponential Integral and Related Functions \\
                 \\
                 3.1. The Exponential Integral and its Basic Properties
                 \\
                 3.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Exponential
                 Integral for Large $|z|$ \\
                 3.3. The Exponential Integral of Imaginary Argument.
                 The Sine and Cosine Integrals \\
                 3.4. The Logarithmic Integral \\
                 3.5. Application to Electromagnetic Theory, Radiation
                 of a Linear Half-Wave Oscillator Problems \\
                 \\
                 4 Orthogonal Polynomials \\
                 \\
                 4.1. Introductory Remarks \\
                 4.2. Definition and Generating Function of the Legendre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.3. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for
                 the Legendre Polynomials \\
                 4.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.5. Orthogonality of the Legendre Polynomials \\
                 4.6. Asymptotic Representation of the Legendre
                 Polynomials for Large $n$ \\
                 4.7. Expansion of Functions in Series of Legendre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.8. Examples of Expansions in Series of Legendre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.9. Definition and Generating Function of the Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.10. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation
                 for the Hermite Polynomials \\
                 4.11. Integral Representations of the Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.12. Integral Equations Satisfied by the Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.13. Orthogonality of the Hermite Polynomials \\
                 4.14. Asymptotic Representation of the Hermite
                 Polynomials for Large n \\
                 4.15. Expansion of Functions in Series of Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.16. Examples of Expansions in Series of Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.17. Definition and Generating Function of the
                 Laguerre Polynomials \\
                 4.18. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation
                 for the Laguerre Polynomials \\
                 4.19. An Integral Representation of the Laguerre
                 Polynomials. Relation between the Laguerre and Hermite
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.20. An Integral Equation Satisfied by the Laguerre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.21. Orthogonality of the Laguerre Polynomials \\
                 4.22. Asymptotic Representation of the Laguerre
                 Polynomials for Large $n$ \\
                 4.23. Expansion of Functions in Series of Laguerre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.24. Examples of Expansions in Series of Laguerre
                 Polynomials \\
                 4.25. Application to the Theory of Propagation of
                 Electromagnetic Waves. Reflection from the End of a
                 Long Transmission Line Terminated by a Lumped
                 Inductance \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 5 Cylinder Functions: Theory \\
                 \\
                 5.1. Introductory Remarks \\
                 5.2. Bessel Functions of Nonnegative Integral Order \\
                 5.3. Bessel Functions of Arbitrary Order \\
                 5.4. General Cylinder Functions. Bessel Functions of
                 the Second Kind \\
                 5.5. Series Expansion of the Function$ $Y_n(z)$ \\
                 5.6. Bessel Functions of the Third Kind \\
                 5.7. Bessel Functions of Imaginary Argument \\
                 5.8. Cylinder Functions of Half-Integral Order \\
                 5.9. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Bessel s
                 Equation \\
                 5.10. Integral Representations of the Cylinder
                 Functions \\
                 5.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Cylinder
                 Functions for Large $|z|$ \\
                 5.12. Addition Theorems for the Cylinder Functions,
                 124.Zeros of the Cylinder Functions \\
                 5.13. Expansions in Series and Integrals Involving
                 Cylinder Functions \\
                 5.14. Definite Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions
                 \\
                 5.15. Cylinder Functions of Nonnegative Argument and
                 Order \\
                 5.16. Airy Functions \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 6 Cylinder Functions: Applications \\
                 \\
                 6.1. Introductory Remarks \\
                 6.2. Separation of Variables in Cylindrical Coordinates
                 \\
                 6.3. The Boundary Value Problems of Potential Theory.
                 The Dirichlet Problem for a Cylinder \\
                 6.4. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two
                 Parallel Planes \\
                 6.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Wedge \\
                 6.6. The Field of a Point Charge near the Edge of a
                 Conducting Sheet \\
                 6.7. Cooling of a Heated Cylinder \\
                 6.8. Diffraction by a Cylinder \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 7 Spherical Harmonics: Theory \\
                 \\
                 7.1. Introductory Remarks \\
                 7.2. The Hypergeometric Equation and Its Series
                 Solution \\
                 7.3. Legendre Functions \\
                 7.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Functions
                 \\
                 7.5. Some Relations Satisfied by the Legendre Functions
                 \\
                 7.6. Series Representations of the Legendre Functions
                 \\
                 7.7. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Legend-re s
                 Equation \\
                 7.8. Recurrence Relations for the Legendre Functions
                 \\
                 7.9. Legendre Functions of Nonnegative Integral Degree
                 and Their Relation to Legendre Polynomials \\
                 7.10. Legendre Functions of Half-Integral Degree \\
                 7.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Legendre
                 Functions for Large $|v|$ \\
                 7.12. Associated Legendre Functions \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 8 Spherical Harmonics: Applications \\
                 \\
                 8.1. Introductory Remarks \\
                 8.2. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spherical
                 Coordinates \\
                 8.3. The Dirichlet Problem for a Sphere \\
                 8.4. The Field of a Point Charge Inside a Hollow
                 Conducting Sphere \\
                 8.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cone \\
                 8.6. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Spheroidal
                 Coordinates \\
                 8.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Spheroid \\
                 8.8. The Gravitational Attraction of a Homogeneous
                 Solid Spheroid \\
                 8.9. The Dirichlet Problem for a Hyperboloid of
                 Revolution \\
                 8.10. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Toroidal
                 Coordinates \\
                 8.11. The Dirichlet Problem for a Torus \\
                 8.12. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two
                 Intersecting Spheres \\
                 8.13. Solution of Laplace's Equation in Bipolar
                 Coordinates \\
                 8.14. Solution of Helmholtz's Equation in Spherical
                 Coordinates \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 9 Hypergeometric Functions \\
                 \\
                 9.1. The Hypergeometric Series and Its Analytic
                 Continuation \\
                 9.2. Elementary Properties of the Hypergeometric
                 Function \\
                 9.3. Evaluation of $F(\alpha, \beta; \gamma; z)$ for
                 $\Re(\gamma \alpha \beta) > 0$, 243. \\
                 9.4. $F(\alpha, \beta; \gamma; z)$ as a Function of its
                 Parameters \\
                 9.5. Linear Transformations of the Hypergeometric
                 Function \\
                 9.6. Quadratic Transformations of the Hypergeometric
                 Function \\
                 9.7. Formulas for Analytic Continuation of $F(\alpha,
                 \beta; \gamma; z)$ in Exceptional Cases \\
                 9.8. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of
                 the Hypergeometric Function \\
                 9.9. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function \\
                 9.10. The Differential Equation for the Confluent
                 Hypergeometric Function and Its Solution. The Confluent
                 Hypergeometric Function of the Second Kind \\
                 9.11. Integral Representations of the Confluent
                 Hypergeometric Functions \\
                 9.12. Asymptotic Representations of the Confluent
                 Hypergeometric Functions for Large $|z|$ \\
                 9.13. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of
                 the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions \\
                 9.14. Generalized Hypergeometric Functions \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 10 Parabolic Cylinder Functions \\
                 \\
                 10.1. Separation of Variables in Laplace's Equation in
                 Parabolic Coordinates \\
                 10.2. Hermite Functions \\
                 10.3. Some Relations Satisfied by the Hermite Functions
                 \\
                 10.4. Recurrence Relations for the Hermite Functions
                 \\
                 10.5. Integral Representations of the Hermite Functions
                 \\
                 10.6. Asymptotic Representations of the Hermite
                 Functions for Large $|z|$ \\
                 10.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Parabolic Cylinder
                 \\
                 10.8. Application to Quantum Mechanics \\
                 Problems \\
                 \\
                 Bibliography \\
                 \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Ledgard:1979:PS
author: Henry F. Ledgard and John F. Hueras and Paul A. Nagin
title: Pascal with Style
publisher: pub-HAYDEN
address: pub-HAYDEN:adr
pages: 210
year: 1979
ISBN: 0-8104-5124-7 OR 0810451247
ISBN13: 978-0-8104-5124-7 OR 9780810451247
LCCN: QA76.73.P2 L4
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:38:08 1993
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:38:08 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Henry F. Ledgard and John F. Hueras and Paul A. Nagin
rawtitle: {Pascal} with Style
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/w/wirth-niklaus.bib

entry:
@Book{Ledgard:1979:PS,
  author =       "Henry F. Ledgard and John F. Hueras and Paul A.
                 Nagin",
  title =        "{Pascal} with Style",
  publisher =    pub-HAYDEN,
  address =      pub-HAYDEN:adr,
  pages =        "210",
  year =         "1979",
  ISBN =         "0-8104-5124-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8104-5124-7",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.P2 L4",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:08 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/w/wirth-niklaus.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Leech:1965:CM
author: J. W. Leech
title: Classical Mechanics
volume: 8
publisher: Science Paperbacks and Methuen & Co., Ltd.
address: London, England
edition: Second
pages: ix + 153
year: 1965
LCCN: QA807 .L4 1965
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
series: Methuen's Monographs on Physical Subjects
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: J. W. Leech
rawtitle: Classical Mechanics
entry:
@Book{Leech:1965:CM,
  author =       "J. W. Leech",
  title =        "Classical Mechanics",
  volume =       "8",
  publisher =    "Science Paperbacks and Methuen \& Co., Ltd.",
  address =      "London, England",
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "ix + 153",
  year =         "1965",
  LCCN =         "QA807 .L4 1965",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  series =       "Methuen's Monographs on Physical Subjects",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Leffler:1989:DIU
author: Samuel J. Leffler and Marshall Kirk McKusick and Michael J. Karels and John S. Quarterman
title: The Design and Implementation of the 4.3BSD UNIX Operating System
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
pages: xxii + 471
year: 1989
ISBN: 0-201-06196-1 OR 0201061961
ISBN13: 978-0-201-06196-3 OR 9780201061963
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 D4741 1989
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 10:38:09 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 10:38:09 ???
ZMnumber: 0744.68006
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Samuel J. Leffler and Marshall Kirk McKusick and Michael J. Karels and John S. Quarterman
rawtitle: The Design and Implementation of the {4.3BSD UNIX} Operating System
TOC:
Part 1: Overview / 1 1: History and Goals / 3 1.1 History of the UNIX System / 3 Origins / 3 Research UNIX / 4 AT&T UNIX System III and System V / 6 Other Organizations / 7 Berkeley Software Distributions / 7 UNIX in the World / 8 1.2 BSD and Other Systems / 8 The Influence of the User Community / 9 1.3 Design Goals of 4BSD / 10 4.2BSD Design Goals / 11 4.3BSD Design Goals / 12 Future Berkeley Releases / 12 1.4 Release Engineering / 14 References / 15 2: Design Overview of 4.3BSD / 19 2.1 UNIX Facilities and the Kernel / 19 The Kernel / 20 2.2 Kernel Organization / 20 2.3 Kernel Services / 23 2.4 Process Management / 23 Signals / 25 Process Groups / 26 2.5 Memory Management / 26 BSD Memory-Management Design Decisions / 27 Memory Management Inside the Kernel / 28 2.6 I/O System / 29 Descriptors and I/O / 30 Descriptor Management / 31 Files / 32 Devices / 33 Socket IPC / 33 Scatter/Gather I/O / 34 2.7 Filesystem / 34 2.8 Devices / 37 2.9 Terminals / 38 2.10 Interprocess Communication / 38 2.11 Network Communication / 39 2.12 Network Implementation / 40 2.13 System Operation / 40 Exercises / 41 References / 41 3: Kernel Services / 43 3.1 Kernel Organization /43 System Activities / 43 Run-Time Organization / 44 System Processes / 45 Entry to the Kernel / 46 Return from the Kernel / 47 3.2 System Calls / 47 Result Handling / 47 Returning from a System Call / 48 3.3 Traps and Interrupts / 49 I/O Device Interrupts / 49 Software Interrupts / 50 3.4 Clock Interrupts / 50 Timeouts / 51 Process Scheduling / 53 3.5 Timing / 53 Real Time / 53 Adjusting the Time / 53 External Representation / 54 Interval Time / 55 Profiling / 55 3.6 Process Management / 55 3.7 User and Group Identifiers / 58 Host Identifier / 60 3.8 Resource Controls / 60 Process Priorities / 60 Resource Utilization / 61 Resource Limits / 61 Filesystem Quotas / 62 3.9 System Operation / 62 Accounting / 62 Exercises / 63 References / 64 Part 2: Processes / 67 4: Process Management / 69 4.1 Introduction / 69 Multiprogramming / 70 Scheduling / 71 4.2 Process State / 72 The Proc Structure / 72 The User Structure / 77 Memory / 79 The Text Structure / 79 4.3 Context Switching / 79 Process State / 80 Low-Level Context Switching / 80 Voluntary Context Switching / 81 Intraprocess Context Switching / 83 Synchronization / 84 4.4 Process Scheduling / 86 Calculations of Process Priority / 87 Process-Priority Routines / 88 Process Run Queues and Context Switching / 89 4.5 Process Creation / 91 4.6 Process Termination / 93 4.7 Signals / 94 Process Groups / 96 Comparison with Other Systems / 97 Changes to 4.3BSD Signals in POSIX / 99 Posting a Signal / 99 Delivering a Signal / 101 Job Control / 102 4.8 Process Debugging / 103 Exercises / 105 References / 107 5: Memory Management / 109 5.1 Terminology / 109 Processes and Memory / 110 Paging / 111 Replacement Algorithms / 112 Working-Set Model / 113 Swapping / 113 Secondary Storage / 114 Advantages of Virtual Memory / 114 Hardware Requirements for Virtual Memory / 114 5.2 Evolution of 4.3BSD Memory Management / 115 Version 7 UNIX / 115 UNIX 32V / 116 3BSD / 116 4.1BSD / 117 4.3BSD / 118 5.3 VAX Memory-Management Hardware / 118 VAX Virtual Address Space / 118 VAX Page Tables / 119 System-Address Translation / 120 User-Address Translation / 121 Page Faults / 122 Translation Buffers / 124 5.4 Management of Main Memory: The Core Map / 124 Physical-to-Virtual Translation / 126 Memory Free List / 126 Synchronization / 126 Text-Page Cache / 127 Core-Map Limits / 127 Memory-Allocation Routines / 127 5.5 Management of Swap Space / 128 5.6 Per-Process Resources / 129 4.3BSD Process Virtual Address Space / 129 Page Tables / 129 Types of Page-Table Entries / 131 Modified Pages / 134 Text Page Tables / 134 Swap Space / 134 5.7 Creation of a New Process / 136 Duplicating Kernel Resources / 136 Duplicating the User Address Space / 137 Implementation Issues / 138 Creating a New Process Without Copying / 138 5.8 Execution of a File / 140 5.9 Change Process Size / 142 5.10 Termination of a Process / 144 5.11 Demand Paging / 145 Fill-on-Demand Pages / 146 Fill-on-Demand Klustering / 146 Interaction with the Filesystem Cache / 147 Pagein of Swapped Pages / 147 5.12 Page Replacement / 149 Global CLOCK Algorithm / 150 The Paging Daemon. / 151 Paging Parameters / 151 Two-Handed Clock / 153 Operation of Pageout / 153 5.13 Swapping / 155 The Swapping Process / 156 Choosing a Process to Swap In / 156 Involuntary Swapping / 157 Choosing a Process to Swap Out / 158 Swapout / 158 Swapin / 159 Swapping of Text Images / 160 Exercises / 161 References / 163 Part 3: I/O System / 167 6: I/O System Overview / 169 6.1 I/O Mapping from User to Device / 169 Character Devices / 170 Block Devices / 171 Socket-Interface Buffering / 172 6.2 Descriptor Management and Services / 172 Open File Table / 173 Management of Descriptors / 175 Descriptor Locking / 177 Implementation of Locking / 178 Multiplexing I/O on Descriptors / 179 Implementation of Select / 181 Moving Data Inside the Kernel / 184 Exercises / 185 References / 186 7: The Filesystem / 187 7.1 Structure and Overview / 187 Directories / 187 Links / 189 Quotas / 191 7.2 Overview of the Internal Filesystem / 191 Allocating and Finding the Blocks on the Disk / 193 7.3 Internal Structure and Redesign / 195 New Filesystem Organization / 196 Optimizing Storage Utilization / 198 Filesystem Parameterization / 200 Layout Policies / 201 7.4 Filesystem Data Structures / 203 Inode Management / 205 Finding File Blocks / 206 File-Block Allocation / 207 7.5 Buffer Management / 208 Implementation of Buffer Management / 211 7.6 Quotas / 213 7.7 Allocation Mechanisms / 217 7.8 Translation of Filesystem Names / 219 Exercises / 221 References / 223 8: Device Drivers / 225 8.1 Overview / 225 8.2 Device Drivers / 227 I/O Queueing / 228 Interrupt Handling / 229 8.3 Block Devices / 229 8.4 Character Devices / 230 Raw Devices and Physical I/O / 231 Character-Oriented Devices / 233 Entry Points for Character Device Drivers / 233 8.5 Autoconfiguration / 234 Probing for Devices / 235 Attaching a Device / 236 Device Naming / 236 8.6 UNIBUS Devices / 237 The up Device Driver / 238 Autoconfiguration Support / 239 Logical-to-Device Mapping of I/O Requests / 242 I/O Strategy / 243 Disksort / 244 Drive-Positioning Algorithm / 245 Initiating an I/O Operation / 246 Interrupt Handling / 247 UNIBUS Adapter Support Routines / 249 8.7 MASSBUS Devices / 253 Autoconfiguration / 253 I/O Strategy / 253 Interrupt Handling / 254 Exercises / 256 9: Terminal Handling / 259 9.1 Terminal Processing Modes / 259 9.2 Line Disciplines / 260 9.3 User Interface / 262 9.4 The tty Structure / 263 9.5 Process Groups and Terminal Control / 265 9.6 C-lists / 266 9.7 RS-232 and Modem Control / 267 9.8 Terminal Operations / 268 Open / 268 Output Line Discipline / 268 Output Top Half / 270 Output Bottom Half / 271 Input Bottom Half / 271 Input Top Half / 273 The stop Routine / 273 The ioctl Routine / 274 Modem Transitions / 275 Closing Terminal Devices / 275 9.9 Other Line Disciplines / 276 Berknet / 276 Serial Line IP Discipline / 276 Graphics Tablet Discipline / 277 9.10 Summary / 277 Exercises / 277 References / 278 Part 4: Interprocess Communication / 279 10: Interprocess Communication / 281 10.1 Interprocess-Communication Model / 282 Using Sockets / 284 10.2 Implementation Structure and Overview / 288 10.3 Memory Management / 289 Mbufs / 289 Storage-Management Algorithms / 291 Mbuf Utility Routines / 292 10.4 Data Structures / 292 Communication Domains / 293 Sockets / 294 Socket Addresses / 296 10.5 Connection Setup / 298 10.6 Data Transfer / 300 Transmitting Data / 301 Receiving Data / 302 Passing Access Rights / 304 Access Rights in the UNIX Domain / 305 10.7 Socket Shutdown / 306 Exercises / 307 References / 309 11: Network Communication / 311 11.1 Internal Structure / 312 Data Flow / 312 Communication Protocols / 314 Network Interfaces / 315 11.2 Socket-to-Protocol Interface / 318 Protocol User-Request Routine / 318 Internal Requests / 321 Protocol Control-Output Routine / 322 11.3 Protocol-Protocol Interface / 322 proutput / 323 prinput / 323 prctlinput / 323 11.4 Protocol-Network-Interface Interface / 324 Packet Transmission / 324 Packet Reception / 325 11.5 Routing / 327 Routing Tables / 328 Routing Redirects / 329 Routing-Table Interface / 330 User-Level Routing Policies / 330 11.6 Buffering and Congestion Control / 331 Protocol Buffering Policies / 331 Queue Limiting / 332 11.7 Raw Sockets / 332 Control Blocks / 332 Input Processing / 333 Output Processing / 334 11.8 Additional Network Subsystem Topics / 334 Out-of-Band Data / 334 Address Resolution Protocol / 335 VAX UNIBUS Interfaces / 336 Trailer Protocols / 338 Exercises / 340 References / 341 12: Network Protocols / 343 12.1 DARPA Internet Network Protocols / 343 Internet Addresses / 345 Subnets / 346 Broadcast Addresses / 347 Internet Ports and Associations / 348 Protocol Control Blocks / 348 12.2 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) / 350 Initialization / 350 Output / 350 Input / 351 Control Operations / 352 12.3 Internet Protocol (IP) / 352 Output / 353 Input / 354 Forwarding / 356 12.4 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) / 357 TCP Connection States / 358 Sequence Variables / 360 12.5 TCP Algorithms / 362 Timers / 363 Estimation of Round-Trip Time / 365 Connection Establishment / 366 Connection Shutdown / 367 12.6 TCP Input Processing / 368 12.7 TCP Output Processing / 371 Sending Data / 371 Avoidance of the Silly-Window Syndrome / 372 Avoidance of Small Packets / 373 Window Updates / 374 Retransmit State / 375 Source-Quench Processing and Congestion Control / 375 Slow Start / 376 Avoidance of Congestion with Slow Start / 377 12.8 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) / 378 12.9 ARPANET Host Interface / 380 12.10 Xerox Network Systems Communication Domain (XNS) / 381 XNS Control Operations / 383 12.11 Summary / 384 Creating a Communication Channel / 384 Sending and Receiving Data / 385 Terminating Data Transmission and/or Reception / 386 Exercises / 387 References / 389 Part 5: System Operation / 391 13: System Startup / 393 13.1 Overview / 393 13.2 Bootstrapping / 394 13.3 The boot Program / 394 VAX Console Media / 396 Kernel Initialization / 396 Assembly-Language Startup / 397 Machine-Dependent Initialization / 398 Message Buffer / 399 System Data Structures / 399 Memory Allocator / 400 Autoconfiguration / 400 Machine-Independent Initialization / 403 13.4 User-Level Initialization / 405 /etc/init / 406 /etc/rc / 406 /etc/getty / 407 /bin/login / 407 13.5 System Startup Topics / 407 Kernel Configuration / 408 System Shutdown and Autoreboot / 409 System Debugging / 410 Exercises / 410 References / 411 Glossary / 413 Index / 451

rawTOC:
Part 1: Overview / 1 \\ 1: History and Goals / 3 \\ 1.1 History of the UNIX System / 3 \\ Origins / 3 \\ Research UNIX / 4 \\ AT\&T UNIX System III and System V / 6 \\ Other Organizations / 7 \\ Berkeley Software Distributions / 7 \\ UNIX in the World / 8 \\ 1.2 BSD and Other Systems / 8 \\ The Influence of the User Community / 9 \\ 1.3 Design Goals of 4BSD / 10 \\ 4.2BSD Design Goals / 11 \\ 4.3BSD Design Goals / 12 \\ Future Berkeley Releases / 12 \\ 1.4 Release Engineering / 14 \\ References / 15 \\ 2: Design Overview of 4.3BSD / 19 \\ 2.1 UNIX Facilities and the Kernel / 19 \\ The Kernel / 20 \\ 2.2 Kernel Organization / 20 \\ 2.3 Kernel Services / 23 \\ 2.4 Process Management / 23 \\ Signals / 25 \\ Process Groups / 26 \\ 2.5 Memory Management / 26 \\ BSD Memory-Management Design Decisions / 27 \\ Memory Management Inside the Kernel / 28 \\ 2.6 I/O System / 29 \\ Descriptors and I/O / 30 \\ Descriptor Management / 31 \\ Files / 32 \\ Devices / 33 \\ Socket IPC / 33 \\ Scatter/Gather I/O / 34 \\ 2.7 Filesystem / 34 \\ 2.8 Devices / 37 \\ 2.9 Terminals / 38 \\ 2.10 Interprocess Communication / 38 \\ 2.11 Network Communication / 39 \\ 2.12 Network Implementation / 40 \\ 2.13 System Operation / 40 \\ Exercises / 41 \\ References / 41 \\ 3: Kernel Services / 43 \\ 3.1 Kernel Organization /43 \\ System Activities / 43 \\ Run-Time Organization / 44 \\ System Processes / 45 \\ Entry to the Kernel / 46 \\ Return from the Kernel / 47 \\ 3.2 System Calls / 47 \\ Result Handling / 47 \\ Returning from a System Call / 48 \\ 3.3 Traps and Interrupts / 49 \\ I/O Device Interrupts / 49 \\ Software Interrupts / 50 \\ 3.4 Clock Interrupts / 50 \\ Timeouts / 51 \\ Process Scheduling / 53 \\ 3.5 Timing / 53 \\ Real Time / 53 \\ Adjusting the Time / 53 \\ External Representation / 54 \\ Interval Time / 55 \\ Profiling / 55 \\ 3.6 Process Management / 55 \\ 3.7 User and Group Identifiers / 58 \\ Host Identifier / 60 \\ 3.8 Resource Controls / 60 \\ Process Priorities / 60 \\ Resource Utilization / 61 \\ Resource Limits / 61 \\ Filesystem Quotas / 62 \\ 3.9 System Operation / 62 \\ Accounting / 62 \\ Exercises / 63 \\ References / 64 \\ Part 2: Processes / 67 \\ 4: Process Management / 69 \\ 4.1 Introduction / 69 \\ Multiprogramming / 70 \\ Scheduling / 71 \\ 4.2 Process State / 72 \\ The Proc Structure / 72 \\ The User Structure / 77 \\ Memory / 79 \\ The Text Structure / 79 \\ 4.3 Context Switching / 79 \\ Process State / 80 \\ Low-Level Context Switching / 80 \\ Voluntary Context Switching / 81 \\ Intraprocess Context Switching / 83 \\ Synchronization / 84 \\ 4.4 Process Scheduling / 86 \\ Calculations of Process Priority / 87 \\ Process-Priority Routines / 88 \\ Process Run Queues and Context Switching / 89 \\ 4.5 Process Creation / 91 \\ 4.6 Process Termination / 93 \\ 4.7 Signals / 94 \\ Process Groups / 96 \\ Comparison with Other Systems / 97 \\ Changes to 4.3BSD Signals in POSIX / 99 \\ Posting a Signal / 99 \\ Delivering a Signal / 101 \\ Job Control / 102 \\ 4.8 Process Debugging / 103 \\ Exercises / 105 \\ References / 107 \\ 5: Memory Management / 109 \\ 5.1 Terminology / 109 \\ Processes and Memory / 110 \\ Paging / 111 \\ Replacement Algorithms / 112 \\ Working-Set Model / 113 \\ Swapping / 113 \\ Secondary Storage / 114 \\ Advantages of Virtual Memory / 114 \\ Hardware Requirements for Virtual Memory / 114 \\ 5.2 Evolution of 4.3BSD Memory Management / 115 \\ Version 7 UNIX / 115 \\ UNIX 32V / 116 \\ 3BSD / 116 \\ 4.1BSD / 117 \\ 4.3BSD / 118 \\ 5.3 VAX Memory-Management Hardware / 118 \\ VAX Virtual Address Space / 118 \\ VAX Page Tables / 119 \\ System-Address Translation / 120 \\ User-Address Translation / 121 \\ Page Faults / 122 \\ Translation Buffers / 124 \\ 5.4 Management of Main Memory: The Core Map / 124 \\ Physical-to-Virtual Translation / 126 \\ Memory Free List / 126 \\ Synchronization / 126 \\ Text-Page Cache / 127 \\ Core-Map Limits / 127 \\ Memory-Allocation Routines / 127 \\ 5.5 Management of Swap Space / 128 \\ 5.6 Per-Process Resources / 129 \\ 4.3BSD Process Virtual Address Space / 129 \\ Page Tables / 129 \\ Types of Page-Table Entries / 131 \\ Modified Pages / 134 \\ Text Page Tables / 134 \\ Swap Space / 134 \\ 5.7 Creation of a New Process / 136 \\ Duplicating Kernel Resources / 136 \\ Duplicating the User Address Space / 137 \\ Implementation Issues / 138 \\ Creating a New Process Without Copying / 138 \\ 5.8 Execution of a File / 140 \\ 5.9 Change Process Size / 142 \\ 5.10 Termination of a Process / 144 \\ 5.11 Demand Paging / 145 \\ Fill-on-Demand Pages / 146 \\ Fill-on-Demand Klustering / 146 \\ Interaction with the Filesystem Cache / 147 \\ Pagein of Swapped Pages / 147 \\ 5.12 Page Replacement / 149 \\ Global CLOCK Algorithm / 150 \\ The Paging Daemon. / 151 \\ Paging Parameters / 151 \\ Two-Handed Clock / 153 \\ Operation of Pageout / 153 \\ 5.13 Swapping / 155 \\ The Swapping Process / 156 \\ Choosing a Process to Swap In / 156 \\ Involuntary Swapping / 157 \\ Choosing a Process to Swap Out / 158 \\ Swapout / 158 \\ Swapin / 159 \\ Swapping of Text Images / 160 \\ Exercises / 161 \\ References / 163 \\ Part 3: I/O System / 167 \\ 6: I/O System Overview / 169 \\ 6.1 I/O Mapping from User to Device / 169 \\ Character Devices / 170 \\ Block Devices / 171 \\ Socket-Interface Buffering / 172 \\ 6.2 Descriptor Management and Services / 172 \\ Open File Table / 173 \\ Management of Descriptors / 175 \\ Descriptor Locking / 177 \\ Implementation of Locking / 178 \\ Multiplexing I/O on Descriptors / 179 \\ Implementation of Select / 181 \\ Moving Data Inside the Kernel / 184 \\ Exercises / 185 \\ References / 186 \\ 7: The Filesystem / 187 \\ 7.1 Structure and Overview / 187 \\ Directories / 187 \\ Links / 189 \\ Quotas / 191 \\ 7.2 Overview of the Internal Filesystem / 191 \\ Allocating and Finding the Blocks on the Disk / 193 \\ 7.3 Internal Structure and Redesign / 195 \\ New Filesystem Organization / 196 \\ Optimizing Storage Utilization / 198 \\ Filesystem Parameterization / 200 \\ Layout Policies / 201 \\ 7.4 Filesystem Data Structures / 203 \\ Inode Management / 205 \\ Finding File Blocks / 206 \\ File-Block Allocation / 207 \\ 7.5 Buffer Management / 208 \\ Implementation of Buffer Management / 211 \\ 7.6 Quotas / 213 \\ 7.7 Allocation Mechanisms / 217 \\ 7.8 Translation of Filesystem Names / 219 \\ Exercises / 221 \\ References / 223 \\ 8: Device Drivers / 225 \\ 8.1 Overview / 225 \\ 8.2 Device Drivers / 227 \\ I/O Queueing / 228 \\ Interrupt Handling / 229 \\ 8.3 Block Devices / 229 \\ 8.4 Character Devices / 230 \\ Raw Devices and Physical I/O / 231 \\ Character-Oriented Devices / 233 \\ Entry Points for Character Device Drivers / 233 \\ 8.5 Autoconfiguration / 234 \\ Probing for Devices / 235 \\ Attaching a Device / 236 \\ Device Naming / 236 \\ 8.6 UNIBUS Devices / 237 \\ The up Device Driver / 238 \\ Autoconfiguration Support / 239 \\ Logical-to-Device Mapping of I/O Requests / 242 \\ I/O Strategy / 243 \\ Disksort / 244 \\ Drive-Positioning Algorithm / 245 \\ Initiating an I/O Operation / 246 \\ Interrupt Handling / 247 \\ UNIBUS Adapter Support Routines / 249 \\ 8.7 MASSBUS Devices / 253 \\ Autoconfiguration / 253 \\ I/O Strategy / 253 \\ Interrupt Handling / 254 \\ Exercises / 256 \\ 9: Terminal Handling / 259 \\ 9.1 Terminal Processing Modes / 259 \\ 9.2 Line Disciplines / 260 \\ 9.3 User Interface / 262 \\ 9.4 The tty Structure / 263 \\ 9.5 Process Groups and Terminal Control / 265 \\ 9.6 C-lists / 266 \\ 9.7 RS-232 and Modem Control / 267 \\ 9.8 Terminal Operations / 268 \\ Open / 268 \\ Output Line Discipline / 268 \\ Output Top Half / 270 \\ Output Bottom Half / 271 \\ Input Bottom Half / 271 \\ Input Top Half / 273 \\ The stop Routine / 273 \\ The ioctl Routine / 274 \\ Modem Transitions / 275 \\ Closing Terminal Devices / 275 \\ 9.9 Other Line Disciplines / 276 \\ Berknet / 276 \\ Serial Line IP Discipline / 276 \\ Graphics Tablet Discipline / 277 \\ 9.10 Summary / 277 \\ Exercises / 277 \\ References / 278 \\ Part 4: Interprocess Communication / 279 \\ 10: Interprocess Communication / 281 \\ 10.1 Interprocess-Communication Model / 282 \\ Using Sockets / 284 \\ 10.2 Implementation Structure and Overview / 288 \\ 10.3 Memory Management / 289 \\ Mbufs / 289 \\ Storage-Management Algorithms / 291 \\ Mbuf Utility Routines / 292 \\ 10.4 Data Structures / 292 \\ Communication Domains / 293 \\ Sockets / 294 \\ Socket Addresses / 296 \\ 10.5 Connection Setup / 298 \\ 10.6 Data Transfer / 300 \\ Transmitting Data / 301 \\ Receiving Data / 302 \\ Passing Access Rights / 304 \\ Access Rights in the UNIX Domain / 305 \\ 10.7 Socket Shutdown / 306 \\ Exercises / 307 \\ References / 309 \\ 11: Network Communication / 311 \\ 11.1 Internal Structure / 312 \\ Data Flow / 312 \\ Communication Protocols / 314 \\ Network Interfaces / 315 \\ 11.2 Socket-to-Protocol Interface / 318 \\ Protocol User-Request Routine / 318 \\ Internal Requests / 321 \\ Protocol Control-Output Routine / 322 \\ 11.3 Protocol-Protocol Interface / 322 \\ proutput / 323 \\ prinput / 323 \\ prctlinput / 323 \\ 11.4 Protocol-Network-Interface Interface / 324 \\ Packet Transmission / 324 \\ Packet Reception / 325 \\ 11.5 Routing / 327 \\ Routing Tables / 328 \\ Routing Redirects / 329 \\ Routing-Table Interface / 330 \\ User-Level Routing Policies / 330 \\ 11.6 Buffering and Congestion Control / 331 \\ Protocol Buffering Policies / 331 \\ Queue Limiting / 332 \\ 11.7 Raw Sockets / 332 \\ Control Blocks / 332 \\ Input Processing / 333 \\ Output Processing / 334 \\ 11.8 Additional Network Subsystem Topics / 334 \\ Out-of-Band Data / 334 \\ Address Resolution Protocol / 335 \\ VAX UNIBUS Interfaces / 336 \\ Trailer Protocols / 338 \\ Exercises / 340 \\ References / 341 \\ 12: Network Protocols / 343 \\ 12.1 DARPA Internet Network Protocols / 343 \\ Internet Addresses / 345 \\ Subnets / 346 \\ Broadcast Addresses / 347 \\ Internet Ports and Associations / 348 \\ Protocol Control Blocks / 348 \\ 12.2 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) / 350 \\ Initialization / 350 \\ Output / 350 \\ Input / 351 \\ Control Operations / 352 \\ 12.3 Internet Protocol (IP) / 352 \\ Output / 353 \\ Input / 354 \\ Forwarding / 356 \\ 12.4 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) / 357 \\ TCP Connection States / 358 \\ Sequence Variables / 360 \\ 12.5 TCP Algorithms / 362 \\ Timers / 363 \\ Estimation of Round-Trip Time / 365 \\ Connection Establishment / 366 \\ Connection Shutdown / 367 \\ 12.6 TCP Input Processing / 368 \\ 12.7 TCP Output Processing / 371 \\ Sending Data / 371 \\ Avoidance of the Silly-Window Syndrome / 372 \\ Avoidance of Small Packets / 373 \\ Window Updates / 374 \\ Retransmit State / 375 \\ Source-Quench Processing and Congestion Control / 375 \\ Slow Start / 376 \\ Avoidance of Congestion with Slow Start / 377 \\ 12.8 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) / 378 \\ 12.9 ARPANET Host Interface / 380 \\ 12.10 Xerox Network Systems Communication Domain (XNS) / 381 \\ XNS Control Operations / 383 \\ 12.11 Summary / 384 \\ Creating a Communication Channel / 384 \\ Sending and Receiving Data / 385 \\ Terminating Data Transmission and/or Reception / 386 \\ Exercises / 387 \\ References / 389 \\ Part 5: System Operation / 391 \\ 13: System Startup / 393 \\ 13.1 Overview / 393 \\ 13.2 Bootstrapping / 394 \\ 13.3 The boot Program / 394 \\ VAX Console Media / 396 \\ Kernel Initialization / 396 \\ Assembly-Language Startup / 397 \\ Machine-Dependent Initialization / 398 \\ Message Buffer / 399 \\ System Data Structures / 399 \\ Memory Allocator / 400 \\ Autoconfiguration / 400 \\ Machine-Independent Initialization / 403 \\ 13.4 User-Level Initialization / 405 \\ /etc/init / 406 \\ /etc/rc / 406 \\ /etc/getty / 407 \\ /bin/login / 407 \\ 13.5 System Startup Topics / 407 \\ Kernel Configuration / 408 \\ System Shutdown and Autoreboot / 409 \\ System Debugging / 410 \\ Exercises / 410 \\ References / 411 \\ Glossary / 413 \\ Index / 451

entry:
@Book{Leffler:1989:DIU,
  author =       "Samuel J. Leffler and Marshall Kirk McKusick and
                 Michael J. Karels and John S. Quarterman",
  title =        "The Design and Implementation of the {4.3BSD UNIX}
                 Operating System",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  pages =        "xxii + 471",
  year =         "1989",
  ISBN =         "0-201-06196-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-06196-3",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 D4741 1989",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 10:38:09 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
  ZMnumber =     "0744.68006",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Part 1: Overview / 1 \\
                 1: History and Goals / 3 \\
                 1.1 History of the UNIX System / 3 \\
                 Origins / 3 \\
                 Research UNIX / 4 \\
                 AT\&T UNIX System III and System V / 6 \\
                 Other Organizations / 7 \\
                 Berkeley Software Distributions / 7 \\
                 UNIX in the World / 8 \\
                 1.2 BSD and Other Systems / 8 \\
                 The Influence of the User Community / 9 \\
                 1.3 Design Goals of 4BSD / 10 \\
                 4.2BSD Design Goals / 11 \\
                 4.3BSD Design Goals / 12 \\
                 Future Berkeley Releases / 12 \\
                 1.4 Release Engineering / 14 \\
                 References / 15 \\
                 2: Design Overview of 4.3BSD / 19 \\
                 2.1 UNIX Facilities and the Kernel / 19 \\
                 The Kernel / 20 \\
                 2.2 Kernel Organization / 20 \\
                 2.3 Kernel Services / 23 \\
                 2.4 Process Management / 23 \\
                 Signals / 25 \\
                 Process Groups / 26 \\
                 2.5 Memory Management / 26 \\
                 BSD Memory-Management Design Decisions / 27 \\
                 Memory Management Inside the Kernel / 28 \\
                 2.6 I/O System / 29 \\
                 Descriptors and I/O / 30 \\
                 Descriptor Management / 31 \\
                 Files / 32 \\
                 Devices / 33 \\
                 Socket IPC / 33 \\
                 Scatter/Gather I/O / 34 \\
                 2.7 Filesystem / 34 \\
                 2.8 Devices / 37 \\
                 2.9 Terminals / 38 \\
                 2.10 Interprocess Communication / 38 \\
                 2.11 Network Communication / 39 \\
                 2.12 Network Implementation / 40 \\
                 2.13 System Operation / 40 \\
                 Exercises / 41 \\
                 References / 41 \\
                 3: Kernel Services / 43 \\
                 3.1 Kernel Organization /43 \\
                 System Activities / 43 \\
                 Run-Time Organization / 44 \\
                 System Processes / 45 \\
                 Entry to the Kernel / 46 \\
                 Return from the Kernel / 47 \\
                 3.2 System Calls / 47 \\
                 Result Handling / 47 \\
                 Returning from a System Call / 48 \\
                 3.3 Traps and Interrupts / 49 \\
                 I/O Device Interrupts / 49 \\
                 Software Interrupts / 50 \\
                 3.4 Clock Interrupts / 50 \\
                 Timeouts / 51 \\
                 Process Scheduling / 53 \\
                 3.5 Timing / 53 \\
                 Real Time / 53 \\
                 Adjusting the Time / 53 \\
                 External Representation / 54 \\
                 Interval Time / 55 \\
                 Profiling / 55 \\
                 3.6 Process Management / 55 \\
                 3.7 User and Group Identifiers / 58 \\
                 Host Identifier / 60 \\
                 3.8 Resource Controls / 60 \\
                 Process Priorities / 60 \\
                 Resource Utilization / 61 \\
                 Resource Limits / 61 \\
                 Filesystem Quotas / 62 \\
                 3.9 System Operation / 62 \\
                 Accounting / 62 \\
                 Exercises / 63 \\
                 References / 64 \\
                 Part 2: Processes / 67 \\
                 4: Process Management / 69 \\
                 4.1 Introduction / 69 \\
                 Multiprogramming / 70 \\
                 Scheduling / 71 \\
                 4.2 Process State / 72 \\
                 The Proc Structure / 72 \\
                 The User Structure / 77 \\
                 Memory / 79 \\
                 The Text Structure / 79 \\
                 4.3 Context Switching / 79 \\
                 Process State / 80 \\
                 Low-Level Context Switching / 80 \\
                 Voluntary Context Switching / 81 \\
                 Intraprocess Context Switching / 83 \\
                 Synchronization / 84 \\
                 4.4 Process Scheduling / 86 \\
                 Calculations of Process Priority / 87 \\
                 Process-Priority Routines / 88 \\
                 Process Run Queues and Context Switching / 89 \\
                 4.5 Process Creation / 91 \\
                 4.6 Process Termination / 93 \\
                 4.7 Signals / 94 \\
                 Process Groups / 96 \\
                 Comparison with Other Systems / 97 \\
                 Changes to 4.3BSD Signals in POSIX / 99 \\
                 Posting a Signal / 99 \\
                 Delivering a Signal / 101 \\
                 Job Control / 102 \\
                 4.8 Process Debugging / 103 \\
                 Exercises / 105 \\
                 References / 107 \\
                 5: Memory Management / 109 \\
                 5.1 Terminology / 109 \\
                 Processes and Memory / 110 \\
                 Paging / 111 \\
                 Replacement Algorithms / 112 \\
                 Working-Set Model / 113 \\
                 Swapping / 113 \\
                 Secondary Storage / 114 \\
                 Advantages of Virtual Memory / 114 \\
                 Hardware Requirements for Virtual Memory / 114 \\
                 5.2 Evolution of 4.3BSD Memory Management / 115 \\
                 Version 7 UNIX / 115 \\
                 UNIX 32V / 116 \\
                 3BSD / 116 \\
                 4.1BSD / 117 \\
                 4.3BSD / 118 \\
                 5.3 VAX Memory-Management Hardware / 118 \\
                 VAX Virtual Address Space / 118 \\
                 VAX Page Tables / 119 \\
                 System-Address Translation / 120 \\
                 User-Address Translation / 121 \\
                 Page Faults / 122 \\
                 Translation Buffers / 124 \\
                 5.4 Management of Main Memory: The Core Map / 124 \\
                 Physical-to-Virtual Translation / 126 \\
                 Memory Free List / 126 \\
                 Synchronization / 126 \\
                 Text-Page Cache / 127 \\
                 Core-Map Limits / 127 \\
                 Memory-Allocation Routines / 127 \\
                 5.5 Management of Swap Space / 128 \\
                 5.6 Per-Process Resources / 129 \\
                 4.3BSD Process Virtual Address Space / 129 \\
                 Page Tables / 129 \\
                 Types of Page-Table Entries / 131 \\
                 Modified Pages / 134 \\
                 Text Page Tables / 134 \\
                 Swap Space / 134 \\
                 5.7 Creation of a New Process / 136 \\
                 Duplicating Kernel Resources / 136 \\
                 Duplicating the User Address Space / 137 \\
                 Implementation Issues / 138 \\
                 Creating a New Process Without Copying / 138 \\
                 5.8 Execution of a File / 140 \\
                 5.9 Change Process Size / 142 \\
                 5.10 Termination of a Process / 144 \\
                 5.11 Demand Paging / 145 \\
                 Fill-on-Demand Pages / 146 \\
                 Fill-on-Demand Klustering / 146 \\
                 Interaction with the Filesystem Cache / 147 \\
                 Pagein of Swapped Pages / 147 \\
                 5.12 Page Replacement / 149 \\
                 Global CLOCK Algorithm / 150 \\
                 The Paging Daemon. / 151 \\
                 Paging Parameters / 151 \\
                 Two-Handed Clock / 153 \\
                 Operation of Pageout / 153 \\
                 5.13 Swapping / 155 \\
                 The Swapping Process / 156 \\
                 Choosing a Process to Swap In / 156 \\
                 Involuntary Swapping / 157 \\
                 Choosing a Process to Swap Out / 158 \\
                 Swapout / 158 \\
                 Swapin / 159 \\
                 Swapping of Text Images / 160 \\
                 Exercises / 161 \\
                 References / 163 \\
                 Part 3: I/O System / 167 \\
                 6: I/O System Overview / 169 \\
                 6.1 I/O Mapping from User to Device / 169 \\
                 Character Devices / 170 \\
                 Block Devices / 171 \\
                 Socket-Interface Buffering / 172 \\
                 6.2 Descriptor Management and Services / 172 \\
                 Open File Table / 173 \\
                 Management of Descriptors / 175 \\
                 Descriptor Locking / 177 \\
                 Implementation of Locking / 178 \\
                 Multiplexing I/O on Descriptors / 179 \\
                 Implementation of Select / 181 \\
                 Moving Data Inside the Kernel / 184 \\
                 Exercises / 185 \\
                 References / 186 \\
                 7: The Filesystem / 187 \\
                 7.1 Structure and Overview / 187 \\
                 Directories / 187 \\
                 Links / 189 \\
                 Quotas / 191 \\
                 7.2 Overview of the Internal Filesystem / 191 \\
                 Allocating and Finding the Blocks on the Disk / 193 \\
                 7.3 Internal Structure and Redesign / 195 \\
                 New Filesystem Organization / 196 \\
                 Optimizing Storage Utilization / 198 \\
                 Filesystem Parameterization / 200 \\
                 Layout Policies / 201 \\
                 7.4 Filesystem Data Structures / 203 \\
                 Inode Management / 205 \\
                 Finding File Blocks / 206 \\
                 File-Block Allocation / 207 \\
                 7.5 Buffer Management / 208 \\
                 Implementation of Buffer Management / 211 \\
                 7.6 Quotas / 213 \\
                 7.7 Allocation Mechanisms / 217 \\
                 7.8 Translation of Filesystem Names / 219 \\
                 Exercises / 221 \\
                 References / 223 \\
                 8: Device Drivers / 225 \\
                 8.1 Overview / 225 \\
                 8.2 Device Drivers / 227 \\
                 I/O Queueing / 228 \\
                 Interrupt Handling / 229 \\
                 8.3 Block Devices / 229 \\
                 8.4 Character Devices / 230 \\
                 Raw Devices and Physical I/O / 231 \\
                 Character-Oriented Devices / 233 \\
                 Entry Points for Character Device Drivers / 233 \\
                 8.5 Autoconfiguration / 234 \\
                 Probing for Devices / 235 \\
                 Attaching a Device / 236 \\
                 Device Naming / 236 \\
                 8.6 UNIBUS Devices / 237 \\
                 The up Device Driver / 238 \\
                 Autoconfiguration Support / 239 \\
                 Logical-to-Device Mapping of I/O Requests / 242 \\
                 I/O Strategy / 243 \\
                 Disksort / 244 \\
                 Drive-Positioning Algorithm / 245 \\
                 Initiating an I/O Operation / 246 \\
                 Interrupt Handling / 247 \\
                 UNIBUS Adapter Support Routines / 249 \\
                 8.7 MASSBUS Devices / 253 \\
                 Autoconfiguration / 253 \\
                 I/O Strategy / 253 \\
                 Interrupt Handling / 254 \\
                 Exercises / 256 \\
                 9: Terminal Handling / 259 \\
                 9.1 Terminal Processing Modes / 259 \\
                 9.2 Line Disciplines / 260 \\
                 9.3 User Interface / 262 \\
                 9.4 The tty Structure / 263 \\
                 9.5 Process Groups and Terminal Control / 265 \\
                 9.6 C-lists / 266 \\
                 9.7 RS-232 and Modem Control / 267 \\
                 9.8 Terminal Operations / 268 \\
                 Open / 268 \\
                 Output Line Discipline / 268 \\
                 Output Top Half / 270 \\
                 Output Bottom Half / 271 \\
                 Input Bottom Half / 271 \\
                 Input Top Half / 273 \\
                 The stop Routine / 273 \\
                 The ioctl Routine / 274 \\
                 Modem Transitions / 275 \\
                 Closing Terminal Devices / 275 \\
                 9.9 Other Line Disciplines / 276 \\
                 Berknet / 276 \\
                 Serial Line IP Discipline / 276 \\
                 Graphics Tablet Discipline / 277 \\
                 9.10 Summary / 277 \\
                 Exercises / 277 \\
                 References / 278 \\
                 Part 4: Interprocess Communication / 279 \\
                 10: Interprocess Communication / 281 \\
                 10.1 Interprocess-Communication Model / 282 \\
                 Using Sockets / 284 \\
                 10.2 Implementation Structure and Overview / 288 \\
                 10.3 Memory Management / 289 \\
                 Mbufs / 289 \\
                 Storage-Management Algorithms / 291 \\
                 Mbuf Utility Routines / 292 \\
                 10.4 Data Structures / 292 \\
                 Communication Domains / 293 \\
                 Sockets / 294 \\
                 Socket Addresses / 296 \\
                 10.5 Connection Setup / 298 \\
                 10.6 Data Transfer / 300 \\
                 Transmitting Data / 301 \\
                 Receiving Data / 302 \\
                 Passing Access Rights / 304 \\
                 Access Rights in the UNIX Domain / 305 \\
                 10.7 Socket Shutdown / 306 \\
                 Exercises / 307 \\
                 References / 309 \\
                 11: Network Communication / 311 \\
                 11.1 Internal Structure / 312 \\
                 Data Flow / 312 \\
                 Communication Protocols / 314 \\
                 Network Interfaces / 315 \\
                 11.2 Socket-to-Protocol Interface / 318 \\
                 Protocol User-Request Routine / 318 \\
                 Internal Requests / 321 \\
                 Protocol Control-Output Routine / 322 \\
                 11.3 Protocol-Protocol Interface / 322 \\
                 proutput / 323 \\
                 prinput / 323 \\
                 prctlinput / 323 \\
                 11.4 Protocol-Network-Interface Interface / 324 \\
                 Packet Transmission / 324 \\
                 Packet Reception / 325 \\
                 11.5 Routing / 327 \\
                 Routing Tables / 328 \\
                 Routing Redirects / 329 \\
                 Routing-Table Interface / 330 \\
                 User-Level Routing Policies / 330 \\
                 11.6 Buffering and Congestion Control / 331 \\
                 Protocol Buffering Policies / 331 \\
                 Queue Limiting / 332 \\
                 11.7 Raw Sockets / 332 \\
                 Control Blocks / 332 \\
                 Input Processing / 333 \\
                 Output Processing / 334 \\
                 11.8 Additional Network Subsystem Topics / 334 \\
                 Out-of-Band Data / 334 \\
                 Address Resolution Protocol / 335 \\
                 VAX UNIBUS Interfaces / 336 \\
                 Trailer Protocols / 338 \\
                 Exercises / 340 \\
                 References / 341 \\
                 12: Network Protocols / 343 \\
                 12.1 DARPA Internet Network Protocols / 343 \\
                 Internet Addresses / 345 \\
                 Subnets / 346 \\
                 Broadcast Addresses / 347 \\
                 Internet Ports and Associations / 348 \\
                 Protocol Control Blocks / 348 \\
                 12.2 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) / 350 \\
                 Initialization / 350 \\
                 Output / 350 \\
                 Input / 351 \\
                 Control Operations / 352 \\
                 12.3 Internet Protocol (IP) / 352 \\
                 Output / 353 \\
                 Input / 354 \\
                 Forwarding / 356 \\
                 12.4 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) / 357 \\
                 TCP Connection States / 358 \\
                 Sequence Variables / 360 \\
                 12.5 TCP Algorithms / 362 \\
                 Timers / 363 \\
                 Estimation of Round-Trip Time / 365 \\
                 Connection Establishment / 366 \\
                 Connection Shutdown / 367 \\
                 12.6 TCP Input Processing / 368 \\
                 12.7 TCP Output Processing / 371 \\
                 Sending Data / 371 \\
                 Avoidance of the Silly-Window Syndrome / 372 \\
                 Avoidance of Small Packets / 373 \\
                 Window Updates / 374 \\
                 Retransmit State / 375 \\
                 Source-Quench Processing and Congestion Control / 375
                 \\
                 Slow Start / 376 \\
                 Avoidance of Congestion with Slow Start / 377 \\
                 12.8 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) / 378 \\
                 12.9 ARPANET Host Interface / 380 \\
                 12.10 Xerox Network Systems Communication Domain (XNS)
                 / 381 \\
                 XNS Control Operations / 383 \\
                 12.11 Summary / 384 \\
                 Creating a Communication Channel / 384 \\
                 Sending and Receiving Data / 385 \\
                 Terminating Data Transmission and/or Reception / 386
                 \\
                 Exercises / 387 \\
                 References / 389 \\
                 Part 5: System Operation / 391 \\
                 13: System Startup / 393 \\
                 13.1 Overview / 393 \\
                 13.2 Bootstrapping / 394 \\
                 13.3 The boot Program / 394 \\
                 VAX Console Media / 396 \\
                 Kernel Initialization / 396 \\
                 Assembly-Language Startup / 397 \\
                 Machine-Dependent Initialization / 398 \\
                 Message Buffer / 399 \\
                 System Data Structures / 399 \\
                 Memory Allocator / 400 \\
                 Autoconfiguration / 400 \\
                 Machine-Independent Initialization / 403 \\
                 13.4 User-Level Initialization / 405 \\
                 /etc/init / 406 \\
                 /etc/rc / 406 \\
                 /etc/getty / 407 \\
                 /bin/login / 407 \\
                 13.5 System Startup Topics / 407 \\
                 Kernel Configuration / 408 \\
                 System Shutdown and Autoreboot / 409 \\
                 System Debugging / 410 \\
                 Exercises / 410 \\
                 References / 411 \\
                 Glossary / 413 \\
                 Index / 451",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lehey:2003:CFD
author: Greg Lehey
title: The Complete FreeBSD: Documentation from the Source
publisher: pub-ORCP
address: pub-ORCP:adr
edition: Fourth
pages: xxxiii + 679
year: 2003
ISBN: 0-596-00516-4 (paperback), 0-596-80213-7 (e-book) OR 0596005164 (paperback), 0596802137 (ebook)
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 L43 2003
bibdate: Tue May 13 15:31:58 2003
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib
bibtimestamp: 2003.05.13 15:31:58 ???
URL: http://press.oreilly.com/commpress.html; http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/cfreebsd/desc.html
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Greg Lehey
rawtitle: The Complete {FreeBSD}: Documentation from the Source
ISBN13:
978-0-596-00516-0 (paperback), 978-0-596-80213-4 (e-book) OR 9780596005160 (paperback), 9780596802134 (ebook)

abstract:
FreeBSD is by far the most popular version of BSD, the legendary operating system that has contributed a great deal to every version of Unix in use today (including Mac OS X). Originally a community effort by the University of California at Berkeley, FreeBSD was aimed at making Unix a little friendlier and easier to use. By the time other free operating systems came along, BSD was firmly established and very reliable. And it continues to be today. For seven years, the FreeBSD community has relied on Greg Lehey's classic, booktitle The Complete FreeBSD, to guide them through its configuration and ldots 

TOC:
Foreword / xxv Preface / xxvii 1. Introduction / 1 2: Before you install / 25 3: Quick installation / 47 4: Shared OS installation / 51 5: Installing FreeBSD / 59 6: Post-installation configuration / 91 7: The tools of the trade / 111 8: Taking control / 143 9: The Ports Collection / 167 10: File systems and devices / 181 11: Disks / 199 12: The Vinum Volume Manager / 221 13: Writing CD-Rs / 243 14: Tapes, backups and floppy disks / 251 15: Printers / 263 16: Networks and the Internet / 277 17: Configuring the local network / 297 18: Connecting to the Internet / 315 19: Serial communications / 325 20: Configuring PPP / 339 21: The Domain Name Service / 363 22: Firewalls, IP aliasing and proxies / 385 23: Network debugging / 401 24: Basic network access: clients / 417 25: Basic network access: servers / 447 26: Electronic mail: clients / 471 27: Electronic mail: servers / 491 28: XFree86 in depth / 507 29: Starting and stopping the system / 527 30: FreeBSD configuration files / 551 31: Keeping up to date / 581 32: Updating the system software / 593 33: Custom kernels / 607 A: Bibliography / 627 B: The evolution of FreeBSD / 633 Index

rawabstract:
FreeBSD is by far the most popular version of BSD, the legendary operating system that has contributed a great deal to every version of Unix in use today (including Mac OS X). Originally a community effort by the University of California at Berkeley, FreeBSD was aimed at making Unix a little friendlier and easier to use. By the time other free operating systems came along, BSD was firmly established and very reliable. And it continues to be today. For seven years, the FreeBSD community has relied on Greg Lehey's classic, \booktitle{The Complete FreeBSD}, to guide them through its configuration and \ldots{}

rawTOC:
Foreword / xxv \\ Preface / xxvii \\ 1. Introduction / 1 \\ 2: Before you install / 25 \\ 3: Quick installation / 47 \\ 4: Shared OS installation / 51 \\ 5: Installing FreeBSD / 59 \\ 6: Post-installation configuration / 91 \\ 7: The tools of the trade / 111 \\ 8: Taking control / 143 \\ 9: The Ports Collection / 167 \\ 10: File systems and devices / 181 \\ 11: Disks / 199 \\ 12: The Vinum Volume Manager / 221 \\ 13: Writing CD-Rs / 243 \\ 14: Tapes, backups and floppy disks / 251 \\ 15: Printers / 263 \\ 16: Networks and the Internet / 277 \\ 17: Configuring the local network / 297 \\ 18: Connecting to the Internet / 315 \\ 19: Serial communications / 325 \\ 20: Configuring PPP / 339 \\ 21: The Domain Name Service / 363 \\ 22: Firewalls, IP aliasing and proxies / 385 \\ 23: Network debugging / 401 \\ 24: Basic network access: clients / 417 \\ 25: Basic network access: servers / 447 \\ 26: Electronic mail: clients / 471 \\ 27: Electronic mail: servers / 491 \\ 28: XFree86 in depth / 507 \\ 29: Starting and stopping the system / 527 \\ 30: FreeBSD configuration files / 551 \\ 31: Keeping up to date / 581 \\ 32: Updating the system software / 593 \\ 33: Custom kernels / 607 \\ A: Bibliography / 627 \\ B: The evolution of FreeBSD / 633 \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Lehey:2003:CFD,
  author =       "Greg Lehey",
  title =        "The Complete {FreeBSD}: Documentation from the
                 Source",
  publisher =    pub-ORCP,
  address =      pub-ORCP:adr,
  edition =      "Fourth",
  pages =        "xxxiii + 679",
  year =         "2003",
  ISBN =         "0-596-00516-4 (paperback), 0-596-80213-7 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-596-00516-0 (paperback), 978-0-596-80213-4
                 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 L43 2003",
  bibdate =      "Tue May 13 15:31:58 2003",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
  price =        "US\$44.09, CAN\$69.95, UK\pounds 31.95",
  URL =          "http://press.oreilly.com/commpress.html;
                 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/cfreebsd/desc.html",
  abstract =     "FreeBSD is by far the most popular version of BSD, the
                 legendary operating system that has contributed a great
                 deal to every version of Unix in use today (including
                 Mac OS X). Originally a community effort by the
                 University of California at Berkeley, FreeBSD was aimed
                 at making Unix a little friendlier and easier to use.
                 By the time other free operating systems came along,
                 BSD was firmly established and very reliable. And it
                 continues to be today. For seven years, the FreeBSD
                 community has relied on Greg Lehey's classic,
                 \booktitle{The Complete FreeBSD}, to guide them through
                 its configuration and \ldots{}",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Foreword / xxv \\
                 Preface / xxvii \\
                 1. Introduction / 1 \\
                 2: Before you install / 25 \\
                 3: Quick installation / 47 \\
                 4: Shared OS installation / 51 \\
                 5: Installing FreeBSD / 59 \\
                 6: Post-installation configuration / 91 \\
                 7: The tools of the trade / 111 \\
                 8: Taking control / 143 \\
                 9: The Ports Collection / 167 \\
                 10: File systems and devices / 181 \\
                 11: Disks / 199 \\
                 12: The Vinum Volume Manager / 221 \\
                 13: Writing CD-Rs / 243 \\
                 14: Tapes, backups and floppy disks / 251 \\
                 15: Printers / 263 \\
                 16: Networks and the Internet / 277 \\
                 17: Configuring the local network / 297 \\
                 18: Connecting to the Internet / 315 \\
                 19: Serial communications / 325 \\
                 20: Configuring PPP / 339 \\
                 21: The Domain Name Service / 363 \\
                 22: Firewalls, IP aliasing and proxies / 385 \\
                 23: Network debugging / 401 \\
                 24: Basic network access: clients / 417 \\
                 25: Basic network access: servers / 447 \\
                 26: Electronic mail: clients / 471 \\
                 27: Electronic mail: servers / 491 \\
                 28: XFree86 in depth / 507 \\
                 29: Starting and stopping the system / 527 \\
                 30: FreeBSD configuration files / 551 \\
                 31: Keeping up to date / 581 \\
                 32: Updating the system software / 593 \\
                 33: Custom kernels / 607 \\
                 A: Bibliography / 627 \\
                 B: The evolution of FreeBSD / 633 \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lehto:1998:MBH
author: Olli Lehto
title: Mathematics Without Borders: a History of the International Mathematical Union
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: xvi + 399
year: 1998
ISBN: 0-387-98358-9 OR 0387983589
ISBN13: 978-0-387-98358-5 OR 9780387983585
LCCN: QA1 .L42 1998
bibdate: Mon Dec 06 18:24:16 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.12.06 18:24:16 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Olli Lehto
rawtitle: Mathematics Without Borders: a History of the {International Mathematical Union}
abstract:
The history of international mathematical co-operation over the last hundred years --- from the first international congress in 1897 to plans for the World Mathematical Year 2000 --- is a surprisingly compelling story. For reflected in the history of the International Mathematical Union (IMU) is all the strife among world powers, as well as aspirations for co-operation among nations in an increasingly interdependent world. As early as the 1920s, the IMU embraced principles of political neutrality, inviting every national mathematical organisation to join, and this principle of non-discrimination, while sometimes sorely tried, has held the IMU in good stead. A number of issues --- the Cold War, the conflict between the Peoples Republic of China and Taiwan, a divided Germany, problems in the emerging nations of Africa --- at times led to attempts to influence the IMU Executive Committee in its decisions regarding membership, location of international congresses, committee assignments, handling of protests, and awarding the coveted Fields Medals. Yet throughout, the IMU has sponsored international congresses around the world, and Professor Lehtos gripping story is one of individuals, among them many of the great mathematicians of our century, united in the common purpose of advancing their science, told against the backdrop of world events.

TOC:
1 Prologue to the History of the IMU 1.1 Ideas of International Mathematical Cooperation Awaken 1.2 Formation of Institutionalized Congresses in 1.3 International Mathematical Activities Before World War I 1.4 Politics Enters into International Cooperation in Science 2 The Old IMU (1920--1932) 2.1 The Foundation of the IMU in the Aftermath of World War I 2.2 Mounting Opposition Against the IMU's Policy of Exclusion 2.3 Transformation of the International Research Council into the International Council of Scientific Unions 2.4 The IMU Separates from the Congresses 2.5 The IMU Adrift 2.6 Suspension of the IMU 3 Mathematical Cooperation Without the IMU (1933--1939) 3.1 The Fields Medals 3.2 Collaboration in Mathematical Education 3.3 A Failed Attempt to Found a New IMU 3.4 The Oslo Congress in 4 Foundation of the New IMU (1945--1951) 73 4.1 American Declaration of Universality 4.2 Preparation of the IMU Statutes 4.3 The Rebirth of the IMU 4.4 ICM--1950 at Harvard: American Tour de Force 5 The IMU Takes Shape (1952--1954) 5.1 The First General Assembly in Rome in 5.2 The Secretariat of the IMU 5.3 Starting the IMU's Activities 5.4 ICMI Becomes Attached to the Union 5.5 The 1954 General Assembly in the Netherlands 5.6 ICM--1954 in Amsterdam: Comeback of the Old World 6 Expansion of the IMU (1955--1958) 121 6.1 Membership of Socialist Countries 6.2 The Chinese Problem Emerges 6.3 The World Directory of Mathematicians 6.4 Extension of Mathematical Activities 7 The IMU and International Congresses (1958--1962) 7.1 The 1958 General Assembly in Scotland 7.2 ICM--1958 in Edinburgh 7.3 Why Organize Large ICMs? 7.4 The IMU Becomes a Partner of the ICMs 7.5 The 1962 General Assembly in Sweden 7.6 ICM-1962 in Stockholm: An IMU Breakthrough 8 Consolidation of the IMU (1963--1970) 8.1 The USSR Hosts the 1966 General Assembly 8.2 ICM-1966 in Moscow: East and West Meet 8.3 The 1970 General Assembly in France 8.4 ICM-1970 in Nice 9 North-South and East-West Connections (1971--1978) 9.1 New Programs and Trends 9.2 The 1974 General Assembly in Canada 9.3 ICM-1974 in Vancouver: Disagreement About the Program 9.4 How to Make an ICM 9.5 The 1978 General Assembly in Finland 9.6 ICM-1978 in Helsinki 10 Politics Interferes with the IMU (1979--1986) 10.1 The IMU and the Soviet National Committee 10.2 Martial Law in the Host Country of the Congress 10.3 The 1982 General Assembly in Poland 10.4 ICM-1983 in Warsaw: Mathematics Above Politics 10.5 The 1986 Presidential Election 10.6 China Joins the IMU 11 The IMU and Related Organizations 11.1 The IMU as a Member of ICSU 11.2 ICMI as a Subcommission of the IMU 11.3 Commission on Development and Exchange 11.4 Problems in Africa 11.5 The IMU and the History of Mathematics 11.6 The IMU and Applied Mathematics 12 The IMU in a Changing World (1986--1990) 12.1 The 1986 General Assembly in California 12.2 ICM-1986 at Berkeley 12.3 Japan Hosts the 1990 General Assembly 12.4 ICM-1990 in Kyoto 12.5 World Mathematical Year 2000 1 Members of the IMU 2 General Assemblies of the IMU 3 Executive Committees of the IMU 4 Meetings of the IMU Executive Committees 5 Central Committees of the International Commission on the Teaching of Mathematics 6 Executive Committees of ICMI 7 Commissions on Development and Exchange 8 International Congresses of Mathematicians 9 Fields Medals 10 Rolf Nevanlinna Prizes 11 Union Lectures 12 Finances 13 Archives (as of June 1996) Notes

rawabstract:
The history of international mathematical co-operation over the last hundred years --- from the first international congress in 1897 to plans for the World Mathematical Year 2000 --- is a surprisingly compelling story. For reflected in the history of the International Mathematical Union (IMU) is all the strife among world powers, as well as aspirations for co-operation among nations in an increasingly interdependent world. As early as the 1920s, the IMU embraced principles of political neutrality, inviting every national mathematical organisation to join, and this principle of non-discrimination, while sometimes sorely tried, has held the IMU in good stead. A number of issues --- the Cold War, the conflict between the Peoples Republic of China and Taiwan, a divided Germany, problems in the emerging nations of Africa --- at times led to attempts to influence the IMU Executive Committee in its decisions regarding membership, location of international congresses, committee assignments, handling of protests, and awarding the coveted Fields Medals. Yet throughout, the IMU has sponsored international congresses around the world, and Professor Lehtos gripping story is one of individuals, among them many of the great mathematicians of our century, united in the common purpose of advancing their science, told against the backdrop of world events.

rawTOC:
1 Prologue to the History of the IMU \\ 1.1 Ideas of International Mathematical Cooperation Awaken \\ 1.2 Formation of Institutionalized Congresses in \\ 1.3 International Mathematical Activities Before World War I \\ 1.4 Politics Enters into International Cooperation in Science \\ 2 The Old IMU (1920--1932) \\ 2.1 The Foundation of the IMU in the Aftermath of World War I \\ 2.2 Mounting Opposition Against the IMU's Policy of Exclusion \\ 2.3 Transformation of the International Research Council into the International Council of Scientific Unions \\ 2.4 The IMU Separates from the Congresses \\ 2.5 The IMU Adrift \\ 2.6 Suspension of the IMU \\ 3 Mathematical Cooperation Without the IMU (1933--1939) \\ 3.1 The Fields Medals \\ 3.2 Collaboration in Mathematical Education \\ 3.3 A Failed Attempt to Found a New IMU \\ 3.4 The Oslo Congress in \\ 4 Foundation of the New IMU (1945--1951) 73 \\ 4.1 American Declaration of Universality \\ 4.2 Preparation of the IMU Statutes \\ 4.3 The Rebirth of the IMU \\ 4.4 ICM--1950 at Harvard: American Tour de Force \\ 5 The IMU Takes Shape (1952--1954) \\ 5.1 The First General Assembly in Rome in \\ 5.2 The Secretariat of the IMU \\ 5.3 Starting the IMU's Activities \\ 5.4 ICMI Becomes Attached to the Union \\ 5.5 The 1954 General Assembly in the Netherlands \\ 5.6 ICM--1954 in Amsterdam: Comeback of the Old World \\ 6 Expansion of the IMU (1955--1958) 121 \\ 6.1 Membership of Socialist Countries \\ 6.2 The Chinese Problem Emerges \\ 6.3 The World Directory of Mathematicians \\ 6.4 Extension of Mathematical Activities \\ 7 The IMU and International Congresses (1958--1962) \\ 7.1 The 1958 General Assembly in Scotland \\ 7.2 ICM--1958 in Edinburgh \\ 7.3 Why Organize Large ICMs? \\ 7.4 The IMU Becomes a Partner of the ICMs \\ 7.5 The 1962 General Assembly in Sweden \\ 7.6 ICM-1962 in Stockholm: An IMU Breakthrough \\ 8 Consolidation of the IMU (1963--1970) \\ 8.1 The USSR Hosts the 1966 General Assembly \\ 8.2 ICM-1966 in Moscow: East and West Meet \\ 8.3 The 1970 General Assembly in France \\ 8.4 ICM-1970 in Nice \\ 9 North-South and East-West Connections (1971--1978) \\ 9.1 New Programs and Trends \\ 9.2 The 1974 General Assembly in Canada \\ 9.3 ICM-1974 in Vancouver: Disagreement About the Program \\ 9.4 How to Make an ICM \\ 9.5 The 1978 General Assembly in Finland \\ 9.6 ICM-1978 in Helsinki \\ 10 Politics Interferes with the IMU (1979--1986) \\ 10.1 The IMU and the Soviet National Committee \\ 10.2 Martial Law in the Host Country of the Congress \\ 10.3 The 1982 General Assembly in Poland \\ 10.4 ICM-1983 in Warsaw: Mathematics Above Politics \\ 10.5 The 1986 Presidential Election \\ 10.6 China Joins the IMU \\ 11 The IMU and Related Organizations \\ 11.1 The IMU as a Member of ICSU \\ 11.2 ICMI as a Subcommission of the IMU \\ 11.3 Commission on Development and Exchange \\ 11.4 Problems in Africa \\ 11.5 The IMU and the History of Mathematics \\ 11.6 The IMU and Applied Mathematics \\ 12 The IMU in a Changing World (1986--1990) \\ 12.1 The 1986 General Assembly in California \\ 12.2 ICM-1986 at Berkeley \\ 12.3 Japan Hosts the 1990 General Assembly \\ 12.4 ICM-1990 in Kyoto \\ 12.5 World Mathematical Year 2000 \\ 1 Members of the IMU \\ 2 General Assemblies of the IMU \\ 3 Executive Committees of the IMU \\ 4 Meetings of the IMU Executive Committees \\ 5 Central Committees of the International Commission on the Teaching of Mathematics \\ 6 Executive Committees of ICMI \\ 7 Commissions on Development and Exchange \\ 8 International Congresses of Mathematicians \\ 9 Fields Medals \\ 10 Rolf Nevanlinna Prizes \\ 11 Union Lectures \\ 12 Finances \\ 13 Archives (as of June 1996) \\ Notes

entry:
@Book{Lehto:1998:MBH,
  author =       "Olli Lehto",
  title =        "Mathematics Without Borders: a History of the
                 {International Mathematical Union}",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "xvi + 399",
  year =         "1998",
  ISBN =         "0-387-98358-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-98358-5",
  LCCN =         "QA1 .L42 1998",
  bibdate =      "Mon Dec 06 18:24:16 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$35.00",
  abstract =     "The history of international mathematical co-operation
                 over the last hundred years --- from the first
                 international congress in 1897 to plans for the World
                 Mathematical Year 2000 --- is a surprisingly compelling
                 story. For reflected in the history of the
                 International Mathematical Union (IMU) is all the
                 strife among world powers, as well as aspirations for
                 co-operation among nations in an increasingly
                 interdependent world. As early as the 1920s, the IMU
                 embraced principles of political neutrality, inviting
                 every national mathematical organisation to join, and
                 this principle of non-discrimination, while sometimes
                 sorely tried, has held the IMU in good stead. A number
                 of issues --- the Cold War, the conflict between the
                 Peoples Republic of China and Taiwan, a divided
                 Germany, problems in the emerging nations of Africa ---
                 at times led to attempts to influence the IMU Executive
                 Committee in its decisions regarding membership,
                 location of international congresses, committee
                 assignments, handling of protests, and awarding the
                 coveted Fields Medals. Yet throughout, the IMU has
                 sponsored international congresses around the world,
                 and Professor Lehtos gripping story is one of
                 individuals, among them many of the great
                 mathematicians of our century, united in the common
                 purpose of advancing their science, told against the
                 backdrop of world events.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "1 Prologue to the History of the IMU \\
                 1.1 Ideas of International Mathematical Cooperation
                 Awaken \\
                 1.2 Formation of Institutionalized Congresses in \\
                 1.3 International Mathematical Activities Before World
                 War I \\
                 1.4 Politics Enters into International Cooperation in
                 Science \\
                 2 The Old IMU (1920--1932) \\
                 2.1 The Foundation of the IMU in the Aftermath of World
                 War I \\
                 2.2 Mounting Opposition Against the IMU's Policy of
                 Exclusion \\
                 2.3 Transformation of the International Research
                 Council into the International Council of Scientific
                 Unions \\
                 2.4 The IMU Separates from the Congresses \\
                 2.5 The IMU Adrift \\
                 2.6 Suspension of the IMU \\
                 3 Mathematical Cooperation Without the IMU (1933--1939)
                 \\
                 3.1 The Fields Medals \\
                 3.2 Collaboration in Mathematical Education \\
                 3.3 A Failed Attempt to Found a New IMU \\
                 3.4 The Oslo Congress in \\
                 4 Foundation of the New IMU (1945--1951) 73 \\
                 4.1 American Declaration of Universality \\
                 4.2 Preparation of the IMU Statutes \\
                 4.3 The Rebirth of the IMU \\
                 4.4 ICM--1950 at Harvard: American Tour de Force \\
                 5 The IMU Takes Shape (1952--1954) \\
                 5.1 The First General Assembly in Rome in \\
                 5.2 The Secretariat of the IMU \\
                 5.3 Starting the IMU's Activities \\
                 5.4 ICMI Becomes Attached to the Union \\
                 5.5 The 1954 General Assembly in the Netherlands \\
                 5.6 ICM--1954 in Amsterdam: Comeback of the Old World
                 \\
                 6 Expansion of the IMU (1955--1958) 121 \\
                 6.1 Membership of Socialist Countries \\
                 6.2 The Chinese Problem Emerges \\
                 6.3 The World Directory of Mathematicians \\
                 6.4 Extension of Mathematical Activities \\
                 7 The IMU and International Congresses (1958--1962) \\
                 7.1 The 1958 General Assembly in Scotland \\
                 7.2 ICM--1958 in Edinburgh \\
                 7.3 Why Organize Large ICMs? \\
                 7.4 The IMU Becomes a Partner of the ICMs \\
                 7.5 The 1962 General Assembly in Sweden \\
                 7.6 ICM-1962 in Stockholm: An IMU Breakthrough \\
                 8 Consolidation of the IMU (1963--1970) \\
                 8.1 The USSR Hosts the 1966 General Assembly \\
                 8.2 ICM-1966 in Moscow: East and West Meet \\
                 8.3 The 1970 General Assembly in France \\
                 8.4 ICM-1970 in Nice \\
                 9 North-South and East-West Connections (1971--1978)
                 \\
                 9.1 New Programs and Trends \\
                 9.2 The 1974 General Assembly in Canada \\
                 9.3 ICM-1974 in Vancouver: Disagreement About the
                 Program \\
                 9.4 How to Make an ICM \\
                 9.5 The 1978 General Assembly in Finland \\
                 9.6 ICM-1978 in Helsinki \\
                 10 Politics Interferes with the IMU (1979--1986) \\
                 10.1 The IMU and the Soviet National Committee \\
                 10.2 Martial Law in the Host Country of the Congress
                 \\
                 10.3 The 1982 General Assembly in Poland \\
                 10.4 ICM-1983 in Warsaw: Mathematics Above Politics \\
                 10.5 The 1986 Presidential Election \\
                 10.6 China Joins the IMU \\
                 11 The IMU and Related Organizations \\
                 11.1 The IMU as a Member of ICSU \\
                 11.2 ICMI as a Subcommission of the IMU \\
                 11.3 Commission on Development and Exchange \\
                 11.4 Problems in Africa \\
                 11.5 The IMU and the History of Mathematics \\
                 11.6 The IMU and Applied Mathematics \\
                 12 The IMU in a Changing World (1986--1990) \\
                 12.1 The 1986 General Assembly in California \\
                 12.2 ICM-1986 at Berkeley \\
                 12.3 Japan Hosts the 1990 General Assembly \\
                 12.4 ICM-1990 in Kyoto \\
                 12.5 World Mathematical Year 2000 \\
                 1 Members of the IMU \\
                 2 General Assemblies of the IMU \\
                 3 Executive Committees of the IMU \\
                 4 Meetings of the IMU Executive Committees \\
                 5 Central Committees of the International Commission on
                 the Teaching of Mathematics \\
                 6 Executive Committees of ICMI \\
                 7 Commissions on Development and Exchange \\
                 8 International Congresses of Mathematicians \\
                 9 Fields Medals \\
                 10 Rolf Nevanlinna Prizes \\
                 11 Union Lectures \\
                 12 Finances \\
                 13 Archives (as of June 1996) \\
                 Notes",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Leighton:2000:TBR
author: Ralph Leighton
title: Tuva Or Bust!: Richard Feynman's Last Journey
publisher: pub-NORTON
address: pub-NORTON:adr
pages: 260
year: 2000
ISBN: 0-393-32069-3 (paperback), 0-393-02953-0 OR 0393320693 (paperback), 0393029530
ISBN13: 978-0-393-32069-5 (paperback), 978-0-393-02953-6 OR 9780393320695 (paperback), 9780393029536
LCCN: QC16.F49 L45 2000
bibdate: Mon Dec 12 15:40:26 MST 2005
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.12 15:40:26 MST
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ralph Leighton
rawtitle: {Tuva} Or Bust!: {Richard Feynman}'s Last Journey
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

abstract:
In 1930s, a young stamp collector named Richard Feynman coveted the unusually exotic stamps from a land called Tannu Tuva, ringed by mountains deep in Siberia, just beyond Outer Mongolia.Forty years later, the maverick Nobel Prize-winning physicist challenged his side-kick, fellow drummer and geography enthusiast Ralph Leighton: ``Whatever happened to Tannu Tuva?'' Thus began a poignant and funny decade-long adventure. When the pair found Tuvas capital on the map,they were hooked. ``Any place that's spelled K-Y-Z-Y-L,'' Feynman exclaimed, ``has just got to be interesting!'' In their efforts to reach Tuva, Leighton and Feynman learned of its resident shamanic shepherds who revere the Dalai Lama, discovered the wonders of ``throat-singing'',and brought to the United States the largest archaeological exhibition ever from the Soviet Union.

subject:
Feynman, Richard Phillips; Travel; Russia (Federation); Tuva; Tuva (Russia); Description and travel; Physicists; United States; Biography

TOC:
To the Reader / 7 1: There is no such country / 13 2: Forty-five snowy I / 18 3: Mysterious melodies / 39 4: Hail to the chief! / 62 5: We appear in the center of Asia / 74 6: Three Americans reach Tuva / 90 7: Meeting in Moscow / 104 8: Amateur ambassadors / 130 9: Clowns or con men? / 148 10: The Keller accord / 168 11: The trip is arranged / 185 12: Catalina cowboys / 203 13: The invitation arrives / 214 14: Epilogue / 221 Reflections 2000 / 231 Painting of Richard Feynman / 236 Appendix A: Protocol / 237 Appendix B: Welcome by Richard Feynman / 247 Appendix C: Friends of Tuva / 251 Index / 253

rawabstract:
In 1930s, a young stamp collector named Richard Feynman coveted the unusually exotic stamps from a land called Tannu Tuva, ringed by mountains deep in Siberia, just beyond Outer Mongolia.Forty years later, the maverick Nobel Prize-winning physicist challenged his side-kick, fellow drummer and geography enthusiast Ralph Leighton: ``Whatever happened to Tannu Tuva?'' Thus began a poignant and funny decade-long adventure. When the pair found Tuvas capital on the map,they were hooked. ``Any place that's spelled K-Y-Z-Y-L,'' Feynman exclaimed, ``has just got to be interesting!'' In their efforts to reach Tuva, Leighton and Feynman learned of its resident shamanic shepherds who revere the Dalai Lama, discovered the wonders of ``throat-singing'',and brought to the United States the largest archaeological exhibition ever from the Soviet Union.

rawTOC:
To the Reader / 7 \\ 1: There is no such country / 13 \\ 2: Forty-five snowy I / 18 \\ 3: Mysterious melodies / 39 \\ 4: Hail to the chief! / 62 \\ 5: We appear in the center of Asia / 74 \\ 6: Three Americans reach Tuva / 90 \\ 7: Meeting in Moscow / 104 \\ 8: Amateur ambassadors / 130 \\ 9: Clowns or con men? / 148 \\ 10: The Keller accord / 168 \\ 11: The trip is arranged / 185 \\ 12: Catalina cowboys / 203 \\ 13: The invitation arrives / 214 \\ 14: Epilogue / 221 Reflections 2000 / 231 \\ Painting of Richard Feynman / 236 \\ Appendix A: Protocol / 237 \\ Appendix B: Welcome by Richard Feynman / 247 \\ Appendix C: Friends of Tuva / 251 \\ Index / 253

entry:
@Book{Leighton:2000:TBR,
  author =       "Ralph Leighton",
  title =        "{Tuva} Or Bust!: {Richard Feynman}'s Last Journey",
  publisher =    pub-NORTON,
  address =      pub-NORTON:adr,
  pages =        "260",
  year =         "2000",
  ISBN =         "0-393-32069-3 (paperback), 0-393-02953-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-393-32069-5 (paperback), 978-0-393-02953-6",
  LCCN =         "QC16.F49 L45 2000",
  bibdate =      "Mon Dec 12 15:40:26 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  abstract =     "In 1930s, a young stamp collector named Richard
                 Feynman coveted the unusually exotic stamps from a land
                 called Tannu Tuva, ringed by mountains deep in Siberia,
                 just beyond Outer Mongolia.Forty years later, the
                 maverick Nobel Prize-winning physicist challenged his
                 side-kick, fellow drummer and geography enthusiast
                 Ralph Leighton: ``Whatever happened to Tannu Tuva?''
                 Thus began a poignant and funny decade-long adventure.
                 When the pair found Tuvas capital on the map,they were
                 hooked. ``Any place that's spelled K-Y-Z-Y-L,'' Feynman
                 exclaimed, ``has just got to be interesting!'' In their
                 efforts to reach Tuva, Leighton and Feynman learned of
                 its resident shamanic shepherds who revere the Dalai
                 Lama, discovered the wonders of ``throat-singing'',and
                 brought to the United States the largest archaeological
                 exhibition ever from the Soviet Union.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  subject =      "Feynman, Richard Phillips; Travel; Russia
                 (Federation); Tuva; Tuva (Russia); Description and
                 travel; Physicists; United States; Biography",
  tableofcontents = "To the Reader / 7 \\
                 1: There is no such country / 13 \\
                 2: Forty-five snowy I / 18 \\
                 3: Mysterious melodies / 39 \\
                 4: Hail to the chief! / 62 \\
                 5: We appear in the center of Asia / 74 \\
                 6: Three Americans reach Tuva / 90 \\
                 7: Meeting in Moscow / 104 \\
                 8: Amateur ambassadors / 130 \\
                 9: Clowns or con men? / 148 \\
                 10: The Keller accord / 168 \\
                 11: The trip is arranged / 185 \\
                 12: Catalina cowboys / 203 \\
                 13: The invitation arrives / 214 \\
                 14: Epilogue / 221 Reflections 2000 / 231 \\
                 Painting of Richard Feynman / 236 \\
                 Appendix A: Protocol / 237 \\
                 Appendix B: Welcome by Richard Feynman / 247 \\
                 Appendix C: Friends of Tuva / 251 \\
                 Index / 253",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Lesk:1997:PDL
author: Michael Lesk
title: Practical Digital Libraries: Books, Bytes, and Bucks
publisher: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN
address: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adrnew
pages: xxii + 297 + 11
year: 1997
ISBN: 1-55860-459-6 (paperback) OR 1558604596 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-1-55860-459-9 (paperback) OR 9781558604599 (paperback)
LCCN: Z692.C65 L47 1997
bibdate: Thu Sep 11 07:09:14 1997
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1997.09.11 07:09:14 ???
series: The Morgan Kaufmann series in multimedia information and systems
subject: Libraries; United States; Special collections; Computer files; Digital libraries
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Michael Lesk
rawtitle: Practical Digital Libraries: Books, Bytes, and Bucks
URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els032/97022069.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els032/97022069.html

abstract:
Offers a wide ranging overview of digital libraries currently available; analyzes economic and intellectual property issues in the emerging digital environment and show how text, images and audio and video can be represented, distributed, used and collected as forms of knowledge.

TOC:
1: Evolution of Libraries 2: Text Access Methods 3: Images of Pages 4: Multimedia Storage and Access 5: Knowledge Representation Methods 6: Distribution 7: Usability and Retrieval Evaluation 8: Collections and Preservation 9: Economics 10: Intellectual Property Rights 11: International Activities 12: Future: Ubiquity, Diversity, Creativity, and Public Policy

rawabstract:
Offers a wide ranging overview of digital libraries currently available; analyzes economic and intellectual property issues in the emerging digital environment and show how text, images and audio and video can be represented, distributed, used and collected as forms of knowledge.

rawTOC:
1: Evolution of Libraries \\ 2: Text Access Methods \\ 3: Images of Pages \\ 4: Multimedia Storage and Access \\ 5: Knowledge Representation Methods \\ 6: Distribution \\ 7: Usability and Retrieval Evaluation \\ 8: Collections and Preservation \\ 9: Economics \\ 10: Intellectual Property Rights \\ 11: International Activities \\ 12: Future: Ubiquity, Diversity, Creativity, and Public Policy

entry:
@Book{Lesk:1997:PDL,
  author =       "Michael Lesk",
  title =        "Practical Digital Libraries: Books, Bytes, and Bucks",
  publisher =    pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN,
  address =      pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adrnew,
  pages =        "xxii + 297 + 11",
  year =         "1997",
  ISBN =         "1-55860-459-6 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55860-459-9 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "Z692.C65 L47 1997",
  bibdate =      "Thu Sep 11 07:09:14 1997",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$49.95",
  series =       "The Morgan Kaufmann series in multimedia information
                 and systems",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els032/97022069.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els032/97022069.html",
  abstract =     "Offers a wide ranging overview of digital libraries
                 currently available; analyzes economic and intellectual
                 property issues in the emerging digital environment and
                 show how text, images and audio and video can be
                 represented, distributed, used and collected as forms
                 of knowledge.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  subject =      "Libraries; United States; Special collections;
                 Computer files; Digital libraries",
  tableofcontents = "1: Evolution of Libraries \\
                 2: Text Access Methods \\
                 3: Images of Pages \\
                 4: Multimedia Storage and Access \\
                 5: Knowledge Representation Methods \\
                 6: Distribution \\
                 7: Usability and Retrieval Evaluation \\
                 8: Collections and Preservation \\
                 9: Economics \\
                 10: Intellectual Property Rights \\
                 11: International Activities \\
                 12: Future: Ubiquity, Diversity, Creativity, and Public
                 Policy",
}


